Survivors on Campus: A Dialogue About Sexual Assault

Transcription

Survivors on Campus: A Dialogue About Sexual Assault
FALL 2014
1201 16TH STREET, N.W.
THE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JOURNAL
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20036
Survivors on Campus: A Dialogue About Sexual Assault
VOLUME 30 FALL 2014
LAURA GRAY-ROSENDALE AND KIRSTEN DIERKING | P7
Brownbackistan
GREGG PRIMO VENTELLO | P75
SPECIAL FOCUS
The Business of Education
The Civil Classroom in the Ag
P.M. Forni | p15
How California State Univers
United to Win lance newman
Special Focus
The Seamless Web of Educat
THE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JOURNAL
THE N E A HI G HE R EDU C A T I O N J O U RN A L
Thought & Action
Volume 30 ~Fall 2014
Published annually by
N E A C E N T E R F O R COMMUNICATIONS
Ramona Oliver
Steven Grant
EDITOR: Mary Ellen Flannery
CONTRIBUTING EDITOR: Mark Kemp
PRODUCTION: Alice G. Trued
COVER DESIGN: Groff Creative Inc.
PUBLISHER AND SENIOR DIRECTOR:
ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR:
NATIONAL EDUCATION
ASSOCIATION
1201 16th Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20036-3290
PRESIDENT:
Lily Eskelsen Garcia
Rebecca Pringle
SECRETARY-TREASURER: Princess Moss
EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR:
John C. Stocks
VICE PRESIDENT:
The views expressed in Thought & Action are those of the authors
and do not necessarily reflect the positions of the National
Education Association.
Copyright ©2014 by the National Education Association of the
United States. All rights reserved.
ISSN 0748-8475
Cover artwork: Magician is by David Hoppe, a professor emeritus
at California State University, Chico. See more of his work at
davidbhoppe.com
Vo l u m e 3 0 ~ FALL 2 0 1 4
5
Overview
7
Survivors on Campus: A Dialogue About Sexual Assault
Mary Ellen Flannery
Laura Gray-Rosendale and Kirsten Dierking
17
Shakespeare in Taiwan: Teaching Online in a Global
Community
Brian Goedde
29
Faculty Matter: So Why Doesn’t Everyone Think So?
45
So the Student Says, He Who Skips Our Conference
and Wants a New Meeting Time
Adrianna Kezar and Daniel Maxey
Paige Riehl
47
Can Graduate Students Re-Energize the Labor Movement?
Deeb-Paul Kitchen, II
63
Provocation in the Halls of Academe: Bringing Piaget
and Vygotsky into the University Classroom
Dale Fink
75
Brownbackistan
83
Spring Breaking
85
Q&A with NEA President Lily García Eskelsen
Gregg Primo Ventello
Steve Wilson
SPECIAL FOCUS
The Business of Education
91
How Do We Stop It? Strategies for Pushing Back Corporate U.
David Bordelon
(cont’d next page)
105
State U. vs. Target: Who Gets the Better Grade for Employee Treatment?
Claire Boeck
111
A Consideration of Online Learning
121
Pursuing Higher Education’s MacGuffin: Economic Realities of the
$10,000 College Degree
Theresa Capra
Robert Oprisko
133
Teaching as an Art of Problem-Posing: A Collective Call to Action
143
Keeping the Liberal in Liberal Arts Education
149
Economies of Scale and Large Classes
160
2015 Excellence in Academy Awards
Sarah Cacicio and Uyen Uyen Le
Susan Nagelsen
Martin Saiz
Overview
by Mary Ellen Flannery
I
remember the first time I heard the word metrics. It was
about a decade ago, and my then-boss said something
like, “I’d like to see the metrics on that article…” I might
have answered, “Well, I can tell you it’s about 30 inches…”
This was before journalists were judged by clicks, back when we talked about a story’s
impact on a community or how hard it was to get that killer quote from that very
elusive source. I am nostalgic, of course, but it seemed like we cared more about
content and quantity.
In the world of K12 education, our colleagues who teach reading to thirdgraders or math to eighth-graders, but certainly not those who teach art, music,
or appreciation for hard questions and thoughtful answers, have been dogged since
the passage of No Child Left Behind in 2001 by metrics of various kinds, usually
propagated by for-profit, corporate testing companies.
Well, higher education has known for a long time about for-profit interests
and how they would capture our scant public dollars. But the question of how you
measure post-secondary learning or how well faculty do their jobs has new vigor
on community college and public university campuses, fueled by state and federal
lawmakers who want to know how to get “more bang for their buck.”
As new NEA President Lily Eskelsen points out in these pages, the question is cringe-worthy. Because the answer is so often terrifying! Many states,
from Connecticut to Tennessee, have adopted performance-based funding plans
that reward institutions for “achievements” that those lawmakers deem important. In Florida, for example, led by the recently re-elected Gov. Rick Scott (oh,
Florida, again?!), lawmakers provide more money to public universities when their
graduates earn more money. Got a graduating class full of petroleum or chemical
engineers? You win! Those were the top two earning majors in 2014, according
to ThinkAdvisor. Have a top-notch program for early education and elementary
education majors? It’s possible a Florida institution could actually lose public funds
for graduating too many low-paid public school teachers—or, even worse, for
graduating students who end up in the ranks of contingent faculty.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
5
But okay, let’s talk about numbers that really matter. In their article in these
pages, Adrianna Kezar and Daniel Maxey reveal the wealth of research that shows
how much faculty matter to student learning. It’s a relationship that’s well understood in K12, where yes, of course, everybody understands that the first-grade
teacher actually teaches her children. But the fact is that faculty also matter hugely
to student learning, especially among freshmen, first-generation students, and
students of color or poverty. (These are the students, by the way, who look like
America today.)
Once you understand that, let’s consider another number: The number of your
colleagues who work for miserable wages, with no job security, and little access
to professional development or structural supports. Do they have office hours?
Rarely. Do they advise student organizations or mentor individuals? Can they
develop the relationships that underlay student learning? I’m speaking, of course,
about the legions of contingent faculty who constitute up to 80 percent of the
faculty at some institutions. (Many would be better off working at McDonald’s,
points out Thought & Action author Claire Boeck.)
I offer a few more figures that actually have something to do with learning: The 100 percent increase in faculty workload at California State University,
Northridge, described by Martin Saiz in his article about class sizes, or the overall
faculty-student ratios of 1:80 that would make possible a $10,000 college degree,
as figured by Robert Oprisko. How about instead of measuring “output,” such as
post-graduation earnings, we measure “input,” such as faculty resources? What are
the numbers that actually count?
Here’s one last number that I hope will ring loud: The one in five college
women who will be sexually assaulted during their years on campus. (Source: The
White House.) Please read poet Kirsten Dierking and memoirist Laura GrayRosendale’s conversation about campus rape, and how their own experiences as
sexual prey have affected their work as faculty and writers.
And then, consider what you can do—to make your campus safer, to help
students learn, and also to push back on the relentless tide of for-profit interests
in public higher education. This is, after all, a forum for thought and action. To
that end, I direct your attention to two more articles in this issue: David Bordelon’s
“How Do We Stop It” and Deeb Kitchen’s “Can Graduate Students Re-Energize
the Labor Movement?” The first provides specific instruction on how faculty can
stop it—the creep of corporatization on your campuses—while the second
describes what we can learn from graduate student unions about effective organizing.
Mary Ellen Flannery is Thought & Action’s editor. She has worked for the National
Education Association as a senior writer and editor since 2004. Previously, she reported on
education for The Miami Herald.
6
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
Survivors on Campus:
A Dialogue about
Sexual Assault
by Laura Gray-Rosendale and Kirsten Dierking
A
t a conference last fall, I came across College Girl: A
Memoir, a book by Laura Gray-Rosendale that tells
the story of a brutal sexual assault she experienced as
a college student. I purchased a copy, but it sat unopened on my desk for a while;
I, too, had survived a brutal rape in college, and I wasn’t sure what kind of impact
the book would have on me.
When I began reading in early January, my first thought was how familiar it
felt; the material was difficult, and at the same time, oddly comforting. It made
me feel less alone—less lonely—in my experience as a survivor. We had similar
thoughts during the attack, similar experiences in the long recovery process afterward, and I too wrote a book about the crime (One Red Eye). Instead of retreating
permanently from campus life, we both ended up as college faculty. I began to
Laura Gray-Rosendale, professor of English and President’s Distinguished Teaching Fellow at
Northern Arizona University, teaches undergraduate and graduate classes in rhetoric and composition, visual literacies, discourses of autobiography, and cultural studies. For 16 years she has
been director of the S.T.A.R. (Successful Transition and Academic Retention) Summer Writing
Program for “at risk” students at NAU. In addition, she served as Chair of The NAU President’s
Commission on the Status of Women. Laura has published more than 40 articles and book chapters. She has authored the following books: Rethinking Basic Writing, Alternative Rhetorics,
Fractured Feminisms, Radical Relevance, Pop Perspectives, and College Girl: A Memoir.
College Girl was named Book of the Year by Mountain Living Magazine, and also won the
2014 Gold Medal IPPY Award for Memoir.
Kirsten Dierking is the author of three books of poetry; Tether, Northern Oracle and One Red
Eye. Her poems have been heard on The Writer’s Almanac and have appeared in numerous
journals and anthologies, including Garrison Keillor’s Good Poems, American Places. She
is the recipient of a McKnight Artist Fellowship, a Minnesota State Arts Board Grant for literature, a Loft Literary Center Career Initiative Grant, a SASE/Jerome Grant, and a writing
residency at the Banfill-Locke Center for the Arts. Kirsten teaches humanities courses at AnokaRamsey Community College. In 2009, she received the Building Bridges Award in Education
from the Islamic Resource Group of Minnesota, and in 2011, she received the NEA’s Excellence
in the Academy Award for the Art of Teaching.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
7
wonder; how did Gray-Rosendale’s experience of violence affect her work in the
classroom? What did she think about sexual assault reform on campus? I contacted Laura through her website and proposed an article written in the form of a
dialogue, and she immediately and graciously agreed to participate. We conversed
by e-mail over the course of the next four weeks, sending thoughts and questions
back and forth.
Coincidentally, our first conversation occurred on January 22, 2014, the same
date President Barack Obama signed a Presidential Memorandum establishing
the White House Task Force to Protect Students From Sexual Assault. In April
I hope we will contribute to a public dialogue about
sexual assault that recognizes the human cost (and
courage) behind the reports and statistics.
2014, the task force published their initial recommendations, four steps that
include conducting campus surveys, preventing assault (including engaging men
in the process), helping schools respond effectively when an assault has occurred,
and improving enforcement of existing legislation that applies to sexual assault.
These are important actions that will help reduce the number of rapes on college
campuses in the future.
And yet, the public conversation about sexual assault tends to revolve around
reports and statistics, and too seldom reveals the personal dimension of this crime.
In sharing this conversation with Thought & Action readers, I hope we will contribute to a public dialogue about sexual assault that recognizes the human cost
(and courage) behind the reports and statistics. In higher education, many of those
“statistics” are sitting in our classrooms and department meetings.
Kirsten: We have so much in common with our experiences, but one of the
major differences in our stories is that your attacker was caught and prosecuted,
while mine was never identified. I had desperately hoped that my attacker would
be caught, and I used to fantasize about a trial, and a long prison sentence. I always
thought that getting “justice” would have made my experience more bearable.
But reading your story and the partial, watered-down punishment your attacker
received (where he didn’t even have to acknowledge that he had committed rape),
made me rethink my whole view on this.
Laura: “Justice” is a strange word in situations like ours, I think. I sometimes
wonder: Is there ever really, finally, justice for any survivor of sexual violence?
Perhaps you can confront your perpetrator. Perhaps you can even testify against
your perpetrator in a court of law. Perhaps you can see your perpetrator serve jail
time. Perhaps you can pursue a civil suit and seek some sort of other form of restitution. And these are good steps along the path to justice. But these steps can
8
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
S UR V I V O R S O N CA M PUS : A D I A L O G UE A B O U T S E X UA L A S S A U L T
never take away what happened to the person—the aftermath of sexual violence.
Images and experiences from these violent acts will continue to haunt a survivor
all of his or her life. They will never go away completely. I wonder about a term
like “justice.” I wonder whether it’s ever really possible. Instead, I think we need
to seek something like “coming to terms.” We have to face what happened to us,
realize that no justice will ever be enough, and make our own uneasy peace with
that, I suppose. I think that’s a very difficult thing to do.
Kirsten: I understand what you mean, and I’ve felt much the same. It’s an expe-
I began writing about the rape in a creative writing
class... And writing about the rape ended up being an
absolutely vital element in my recovery process.
rience you have to work hard to learn to live with, and part of that may be dealing
with the idea that the person who derailed your life will never be adequately punished for their crime. One of the things that really struck me in your book was that
your assailant ended up pleading to a burglary charge. This seemed a little ironic,
as rape has often been traditionally looked at as a crime against a man’s property,
for example, stealing his daughter’s virginity.
Laura: Rape does have that awful history. In my case the perpetrator ended up
pleading to burglary “in satisfaction” or in lieu of all of the other charges against
him, including rape. This meant that the first crime one would see on his criminal
record was burglary and not sexual assault. There are lots of rape cases that are still
pled this way to get convictions. I am quite ambivalent about this practice. On the
one hand, it helps to secure convictions when survivors are afraid to testify against
their perpetrators. This is often the case when a survivor knows her perpetrator.
On the other hand, it doesn’t acknowledge the real crime committed—sexual
assault. And pleading a case as burglary “in satisfaction” has other impacts as well.
Often rapists are treated like burglars in the criminal system, not like sex offenders.
Kirsten: That is a really disturbing practice. You know, if you hadn’t written
this book, I wouldn’t have known about this issue. So let’s talk here a little about
writing and trauma, and the importance of having these stories out in the public sphere. I was recently at a writing conference where I served on a panel that
discussed writing about trauma in college, and I was surprised to learn that some
writing programs do not allow students in their composition courses to write on
trauma-related topics. I understood their reasoning, in that they felt that composition instructors weren’t necessarily equipped to deal with traumatic issues,
however, I found this troubling. I began writing about rape in a creative writing
class, and I was absolutely terrified at the time about “going public” with the topic.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
9
In d eci s i o n i s by
Ka r en S ava geB lue, a n a d j unc t
p rofes so r of
a r t a t Fon d D u
L a c Tr ib a l a nd
C ommun i t y
C olleg e i n M i nn .
For mo re, vi s i t
w w w. k s b l uea r t s .
com .
10
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
S UR V I V O R S O N CA M PUS : A D I A L O G UE A B O U T S E X UA L A S S A U L T
My instructors were hugely supportive (granted this was in graduate school), but
I think if an instructor had shut me down at that point, I would have been too
frightened to try it again. And writing about the rape ended up being an absolutely vital element in my recovery process. What do you think of this? I know you
also had an instructor who worked with you in writing about sexual assault, and
although your work was academic in nature, you seemed to feel that this played a
key role in your healing process as well.
Laura: Yes, I had an instructor who helped me a great deal, Dr. Linda Alcoff,
Writing about one’s experiences artistically and using
writing as therapy are two radically different things.
And survivors need places to do both.
who is now a professor of philosophy at Hunter College. I think that in any writing class it’s important that students find their own voices and write about what
they know. For many survivors of sexual violence they cannot find their own voices
unless they write and speak about these kinds of experiences first. I don’t mean that
they need to write about them to get it over and done with so that they can move
onto something else either. Instead, they need to make sense of what happened
to them and write about it because it suffuses everything they do, everything that
they are. I do think that writing teachers, however, need to have ready access to
information about counselors for their students.
In addition, writing about one’s experiences artistically and using writing as
therapy are two radically different things. And survivors need places to do both,
I think. The artistic writing is for the classroom. The therapeutic writing may be
more for journals and other private writings. Inevitably what gets written in those
private journals will also inform what gets written in the classroom and vice versa.
But I don’t think it’s really possible to keep traumatic experience entirely out of
the writing classroom. This is something of a fallacy, really. Students need to write
about what matters to them so that they can be passionate about what they are
writing. And often what matters to them are the more complex and difficult things
they have experienced.
Kirsten: I would just like to give a “shout-out” here to all the professors and
instructors who hear stories like ours, and all the other difficult personal issues that
students are dealing with, and who do something, anything to help, from referrals
to counseling, to mentoring, to a simple “I’m so sorry you had to go through this”
penned in the margin of a paper. From personal experience, I can say that you are
real life savers.
Speaking of writing classes, and considering that we both deal in words for
FALL 2013
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
11
a living, both as writers and as instructors, what do you think about the word
“victim” as it relates to rape? For me, while I think the term survivor is a good
one, I also don’t have any problem with the word victim. To me, to be a victim of
a crime means that this was something you couldn’t stop from happening, and I
feel like that’s exactly true with rape. But I also think this illustrates that rape is
viewed differently by society from other crimes, even with language. People don’t
think twice about saying they’re the victim of a violent robbery, or a mugging, or
an assault, but when it’s a sexual assault, even the word victim has connotations of
shame or blame.
Using a term like “survivor” confers agency on the
person who has been through sexual violence. It also
acknowledges the truth of the situation.
Laura: That makes a great deal of sense. But I also fear that using a term
like “victim” risks robbing a survivor of sexual violence of his or her own agency.
Instead, it can make the story of sexual violence one about a person to whom violence is done and gives that person no other identity. Using a term like “survivor”
confers agency on the person who has been through sexual violence. It allows him
or her to gain control over the narratives told about the event and the experiences
she or he has had. It also acknowledges the truth of the situation. One who has
been sexually assaulted has survived a near death experience and lived to tell about
it. It acknowledges sexual assault for what it really is—a supreme act of violence
against another human being that dehumanizes her or him.
Kirsten: I was attacked on a college campus in 1983, and I believe your attack
happened in the late 1980s. We both had odd, and unsupportive (to say the least)
run-ins with college administration. In your case, you had a university administrator call you on the phone to tell you how much your attacker’s family had done for
the institution. In my case, when I withdrew from that school immediately after
the rape—which took place in college housing—the college initially refused to
refund my tuition money, even though classes hadn’t started yet for the semester.
My dad had to take me to meet with an administrator, who took one look at my
beat-up condition and approved the refund, but I still remember feeling humiliated by what felt like an inspection. I guess my question is: Do you think college administrations have changed or improved their attitude in regard to sexual
assault?
Laura: Thankfully, I do think the roles of college administrations have
changed quite a bit. I’d like to think that this has to do mainly with changes in the
campus culture around rape issues. And I do think that this plays a significant part.
Student activists have done a tremendous job of making these issues highly visible
12
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
S UR V I V O R S O N CA M PUS : A D I A L O G UE A B O U T S E X UA L A S S A U L T
locally on campuses and at a national level as well. But the changes also clearly
have a great deal to do with the shifts in laws and protocols. In other words, these
changes have been mandated. Things like “The Dear Colleague Letter” and Title
IX made huge shifts initially.1 The Campus SaVE Act promises to continue this.2
And, Obama’s recent choice to elect a Task Force to investigate sexual violence
on college campuses will demand further changes. However, there are still many
survivors out there who are not seeing justice served by their universities and are
being forced to take their cases to the federal government. Until we see a more
wide-reaching set of changes on college campuses that uphold specific standards
First, how did we manage to stay in school at all?
I was frightened much of the time I was on campus,
imagining my attacker had tracked me down.
for how perpetrators will be sanctioned by universities, I think this will continue
to occur.3
Kirsten: I agree with you, things have improved, some of it due to mandates,
and much of it due to activism. I know there is also a strong movement on many
campuses to work on violence prevention. Both of our campuses participate in the
Green Dot program, which encourages people to speak up whenever they encounter violent behavior or language. I think all of these things help. Yet when I speak
with college students on campuses, I realize that very often they don’t report that
they have been raped, particularly if it is acquaintance rape. Some have mentioned
to me that they don’t want their parents to find out, that they’re afraid their parents will make them move home, or they don’t want to confess that they had been
drinking, or something of that nature. And I have heard other survivors say that
rape survivors should do whatever they need to do to get through the experience,
and sometimes that means not reporting a rape. While I know that reporting rape
can be difficult, I always try to emphasize how important it is to report the crime,
but maybe this is a little hypocritical of me as I had no choice in reporting my rape
to the police or going to the hospital—the police showed up, I was in shock, and
simply went along with the process. I’ve always been very, very glad the assault was
reported, but I can’t say that I consciously chose that at the time.
Laura: I didn’t make a conscious choice either. But I completely agree with
you. Reporting an act of sexual violence is so important. Research shows that
most of these perpetrators are repeat offenders. Though it can take a great deal of
courage to do this, if one person reports a sexual assault it has the possibility of
preventing many other sexual assaults from happening as well as allowing other
survivors to have the courage to speak up.
Kirsten: I was attacked the week before school started, and I ended up withdrawing from that school and returning to my old campus, a couple states away,
FALL 2013
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
13
where I started classes right away again. You also stayed in school, but at the same
campus. First, how did we manage to stay in school at all? And secondly, I was
frightened much of the time I was on campus, imagining my attacker had tracked
me down and would kill me, as he had promised. I don’t know how you did it,
staying on the same campus, the courage it took to do that is extraordinary. If my
only choice would have been to remain on that campus where I was attacked, I
know I would have dropped out of school.
Laura: I understand your decision completely and nearly made it myself. I was
very afraid too. He had threatened to kill me. And for part of the time that I lived
I have had several conversations with fellow survivors
who are teachers. And we have realized our teaching
shares more traits than we might have imagined.
in Syracuse after the assault, he was on bail and wandering the streets. Still, I felt
a deep need not to let the perpetrator have any more control over my life than he
had already taken. I didn’t want him to derail my hopes and dreams for my life.
I guess I felt that if I left Syracuse, I would have been letting him have further
control over me and my life. And I wasn’t about to let that happen. I was also quite
angry about what he’d done to me, who he was, his family’s connections to the
university. It turned out that he was the grandson of the president of the Board of
Trustees at my university. I did not want to be chased out of that city by him or
by them. Instead, going back was a kind of reclaiming of my own life. There were
many times I thought to drop out—but I had a great, supportive group of friends
there as well as mentors and I think they saw me through those rough patches. My
family also supported my decision fully.
Kirsten: My family and friends were also really supportive, and having that
support system is vital, I think. And, sometimes, crucial support comes from the
community. In the immediate aftermath of the crime, the police officers and
hospital workers were all very kind to me, and there was a volunteer at the local
women’s shelter who somehow got me through that tough first day. I’ll never be
able to repay her for that. But I do think about how I can contribute something
positive to the community in my own way, and this leads me to our work as teachers: do you think your experience affects your work in the classroom?
Laura: I have had several conversations about this with fellow survivors who
are teachers. And we have realized that our teaching shares more traits than we
ever might have imagined. I would not want to suggest that this is the case for all
survivors—but it has been the case for a number of people with whom I’ve spoken.
We have found that it makes us a bit more likely to be empathetic, to teach with
14
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
S UR V I V O R S O N CA M PUS : A D I A L O G UE A B O U T S E X UA L A S S A U L T
students’ voices in mind, to make our classrooms open, safe, and free spaces for the
exploration of knowledge. One of my fellow survivor friends, a sociologist, believes
it has made him more pragmatic in the classroom, made him provide more reallife situations for students. Another, who works in psychology, believes it has made
her more able to connect with students who come from difficult backgrounds or
who are facing struggles of their own. She feels she can make the study of psychology come more alive for her students because she has faced traumatic experiences
herself.
Being a survivor is not something I disclose in my classroom. But it probably
impacts many of the things I do. I create assignments that allow student investigation and discovery. My assignments are student-driven and student-centered. I
also use a facilitative teaching style. Though I bring specialized expertise to the
table, I am not the only expert in the room. My teaching style is all about honoring
students’ perspectives and helping them to communicate these perspectives most
effectively. I suppose I teach this way because as a person and a survivor, I wanted
and still want to be treated this way myself.
Kirsten: I love what you said here, and I agree. I think, or at least I hope, that
it has made me more aware of the student who is on the verge of disappearing
from college. I tell myself that maybe something as small as an encouraging word,
or an offer of extra help might make a real difference. Sometimes students will
confide in me that they have survived rape, or some other type of violence, and
they sometimes tell me that just seeing me there in the classroom, demonstrating
that I have built a good and happy life for myself, gives them hope. And I think
we both do that - show that it’s possible to not just survive sexual assault, but to
move through it and beyond it, and thrive.
ENDNOTES
1. The “Dear Colleague” letter of April 4, 2011, published by the United States Department of
Education Office for Civil Rights, clarifies that “sexual harassment of students, which includes
acts of sexual violence, is a form of sex discrimination prohibited by Title IX.”
2.
The Campus Sexual Violence Elimination (SaVE) Act is a companion amendment to Title IX.
It directly addresses sexual violence in higher education by requiring increased transparency in
reporting of sexual assaults and crimes on campuses. It also enhances victims’ rights, standardizes institutional procedures in response to sexual violence, and supports sexual violence prevention through educational programs. Schools participating in federal student aid programs must
implement the SaVE Act by October 2014.
3. A good source of information for faculty, staff, students, and other community members working to make their campuses safer is Not Alone, a web-based project published by The White
House Task Force to Protect Students from Sexual Assault. This website includes a wealth
of resources, including legal guidance, information on developing sexual assault policies and
procedures, and sexual violence prevention information. It also will help readers to understand
individual and institutional obligations around FERPA (The Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act), the Clery Act (also known as the Jeanne Disclosure of Campus Security Policy
and Campus Crime Statistics Act), and Title IX. Numerous resources for victims and survivors
of sexual crimes are listed here as well.
FALL 2013
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
15
WORKS CITED
Dierking, Kirsten. 2001. One Red Eye: Poems. Duluth, MN: Holy Cow!
Gray-Rosendale, Laura. 2013. College Girl: A Memoir. Albany, NY: Excelsior Editions/State
University of New York.
United States Department of Education, Office for Civil Rights, April 4, 2011. Dear Colleague Letter
from Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights. Accessed at www2.ed.gov/about/offices/list/ocr/letters/colleague-201104.html.
The White House Task Force to Protect Students From Sexual Assault. 2014. Not Alone; The First
Report of The White House Task Force to Protect Students From Sexual Assault. ( June 13). Accessed
at www.notalone.gov.
16
TH E N EA HIGHER EDU CAT I O N JO UR N AL
Shakespeare in Taiwan:
Teaching Online in a
Global Community
by Brian Goedde
“U
nless you’re in Taiwan,” I wrote in my introduction to my classes last year, “we won’t meet in
person this semester.” I posted a picture from
a trip my family and I took down the east coast of the island; behind me, steep
mountainsides plunged into the Pacific Ocean. “This is my back yard,” I wrote.
“Just kidding.”
I knew I was risking a bad first impression as a tourist in a t-shirt, but I didn’t know how
to present myself to my students this semester. I could hardly believe what I was doing in the
first place. As an educator, I want to have a “connection” with my students—I
want to get to know them, listen to them, learn from them—but now I was as
distant as I could possibly be, online and on the other side of the globe. When I
look at this picture now, however, I see myself as yet unaware of how this unusual
circumstance will change my perspective on what “connectedness” means, both as
it regards my students, and as it regards the teaching and learning of my subject,
Shakespeare.
PERSONAL NEED, PROFESSIONAL CONTROVERSY
What brought my family and me to Taiwan is that my wife, a Ph.D. student,
got a grant to study Chinese. We have two children, a daughter who was then 15
months and a son who was then four, so this was the last year we could re-locate
without the added question of where he would go to school. I don’t have any oncampus obligations as an adjunct faculty member, so my boss allowed me to spend
a year teaching online.
Brian Goedde is a lecturer in the English department at Naugatuck Valley Community College
in Waterbury, Connecticut. His essays have appeared in The New York Times, the Chicago
Tribune, and The Chronicle of Higher Education, among other publications.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
17
When you think of global, online education, the first thing that may jump to
mind these days are MOOCs, the “massive open online classes” that are widely
publicized (and criticized). My classes were not these, but rather, closer to what
are now being called SPOCs—small private online classes. Enrollment is limited
to the same number I’d have in the classroom, thanks to the efforts made by the
college’s collective bargaining unit. This allows me to have frequent, personalized
correspondence with my students—once or twice a week, at least.
This kind of class, argues Tim Goral in an article for University Business
magazine, may actually outlive the MOOCs. The article quotes Anant Agarwal,
My classes were not MOOCs, but rather, closer to
what are now being called SPOCs—small private
online classes.
the president of edX, one of the largest MOOC producers, expressing interest in
small, private classes, which even he suggests is a more sustainable business model.1
The British Broadcasting Company (BBC) has reported that edX, with Harvard
University and University of California, Berkeley leading the way, are refining the
SPOC model and plan this to be their next phase of online course development.2
Since their debut in fall 2013, there have been three SPOCs offered by edX. I
contacted the company to ask what percentage of students completed the courses,
but was not given access to the data. One edX professor, Brian White of the
University of Massachusetts Boston, writes on edX’s blog that the results of his
biology SPOC have been “extremely positive.”3 Otherwise, these few SPOCs have
not been publicly assessed for retention rates or learning outcomes.
The SPOCs do seem promising, but much seems promising in the light of
studies such as the one from the University of Pennsylvania, which found the dropout rate for its MOOCs was a staggering 96 percent.4 Also, as Natalie B. Milman
suggests in the journal Distance Learning, SPOCs seem promising simply because
they are what colleges like mine have been doing for years with online education:
limiting enrollment, using teaching tools and methods that are known to work, and
providing a good education by understanding and meeting student needs.5
As an online teacher, I appreciate this shift in the conversation around online
education. In classes such as mine, the “massive” element is not the students, but
the subject, the power and possibilities found in Shakespeare’s plays. The students,
instead, not as a “mass” but as a collection of individual learners, can be the tight
and narrow focus of the teacher’s attention.
That said, the question remains: What is exactly “in focus” in an online class,
MOOC or SPOC, when the student is never seen? The answer, I found, is in the
work that the students and I do together.
18
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
SH A K E S PE A RE I N TA I W A N : TE A CH I N G O N L I N E I N A GL O BA L C O M M U N I TY
ONLINE TEACHING, REAL-LIFE CONTEXT
After a few jet-lagged weeks in the tropical heat of Taiwan’s late summer, the
semester started and so did my family’s routines. In the early morning I’d ride my
rusty-trusty bike alongside the enormous Da An Gongyuan (“park of great peace”)
to the public library, an eight-floor concrete tower filled with fake tropical plants
and, on its upper floors, rows of four-person tables which, on the weekends, are
filled by improbably quiet high school students poring over their textbooks. I find
a seat, and once more into the breach, dear friends: another day of work. I log on to
Blackboard to see how my Shakespeare students in Michigan are doing.
I had never felt like an international teacher. Now I
was, and a surprising sense of feeling “connected
to my students” came with it.
Except they weren’t all in Michigan. On the second day of class, under my
introduction, a student wrote that he was in the Philippines, about an hour’s flight
away from me. Another student was in Germany. Others were spread out all over
Michigan and the United States.
I also got a response to my picture.
“Is it in Hualien?” a student wrote.
It was. She wrote that she was from Taipei, and currently lived in Ann Arbor.
This was my first eye-opening experience as an online teacher overseas: I
thought I was doing something groundbreaking, unheard of, even daring. Well,
it was all these things, for me, but actually, I was only catching up to what many
of my students are doing, and really, I’m embarrassed to have been so surprised.
Of course I had known that the student body at my college was geographically
diverse. Students “live” at the addresses brought to the Student Center to “establish residency,” but their capital-H Homes are another world away. The student in
Germany was caring for her grandmother; the student in the Philippines was on
an extended visit to his in-laws. My Taiwanese student had been in Ann Arbor for
three years, she wrote, and added that having her instructor be from Ann Arbor
but now living in Taipei was “so weird.”
With my eyes newly opened, my perspective changed. I had been a teacher
of international students, but I had never felt like an international teacher. Now I
was, and a surprising sense of feeling “connected to my students” came with it. I
had feared my year in Taiwan would make me the distant teacher I never wanted
to be, but being so far flung from campus connected me to a common student
experience I hadn’t realized I had been missing.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
19
“ Ro p e S w i ng” i s f ro m S w i mm i n g H o l e s , a seri es by Jam es Fossett, assi stant prof essor at
th e S t at e Uni v e rsit y o f N e w Y o rk, N e w P al tz. For m ore, v i si t www. j am esf ossett. com
20
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
SH A K E S PE A RE I N TA I W A N : TE A CH I N G O N L I N E I N A GL O BA L C O M M U N I TY
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
21
AN INTERNATIONAL PERSPECTIVE INFORMS
PEDAGOGY
Becoming an “international teacher” influenced my Shakespeare pedagogy
in one significant way: what I learned from, and how I have come to appreciate,
ELL (“English Language Learner”) students. In large part this was because, for
the second time in my life, I saw the world as a language-learner myself. I had
taken Spanish from middle school through college, where it became my minor,
entirely earned by a semester in Madrid. My experience in Spain and with Spanish
however (and in America with English, for that matter), prepared me little for
Becoming an “international teacher” influenced my
Shakespeare pedagogy in one significant way: what I
learned from ELL students.
even the most basic, conversational Chinese.
To explain what I mean, I’ll only make a comment on one aspect of pronunciation. In Mandarin Chinese (the official dialect of Taiwan and mainland China),
there are four tones: A high tone, a falling tone, a low or “dipping” tone, and a
rising tone. Is the distinction important? Well, tāng is soup and táng is sugar. Mā
is mother and mă is horse. If you don’t want to insult your mother or order sweetand-sour soup for your coffee, yes, the distinction is important.
My ELL students in Shakespeare are at a much higher level with their English,
of course; I was a beginner, and my students have to test into “college-level reading
and writing” status on the ACT-devised placement test, along with native English
speakers, to be able to enroll in any literature class the college offers.
Shakespeare, however, presents texts beyond what anyone has been mastering.
For example, Othello says that Desdemona’s father,
[…] loved me, oft invited me,
Still questioned me the story of my life,
From year to year, the battles, sieges, fortunes
That I have passed.
I ran it through even from my boyish days
To th’ very moment that he bade me tell it,
Wherein I spoke of most disastrous chances,
Of moving accidents by flood and field
Of hair-breadth scapes i’th’ imminent deadly breach,
Of being taken by the insolent foe
And sold to slavery, of my redemption thence
And portance in my traveller’s history….
(Othello, 1.3.128-138)
22
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
SH A K E S PE A RE I N TA I W A N : TE A CH I N G O N L I N E I N A GL O BA L C O M M U N I TY
There are shortened words that are somewhat recognizable—“oft,” “i’th’,”
“scapes.” There are words like “portance” and “bade” that may be clear in context—but maybe not, when the context includes words like “accidents,” “passed,”
and “chances” in ways we don’t typically use them. There are also obscure words
like “breach” and obsolete words like “thence.” It all adds up to a challenging read,
to say the least.
Very few students come to the class with a good amount of experience with
Shakespeare’s early modern English. One of my students was a middle-school
English teacher who, with her students, staged Shakespeare plays every year, and
If students are learning the language, as a teacher you
can draw on the strength they already practice:
translation.
she took my class for her teacher re-certification. She didn’t say that she struggled
with the readings, but when I ask on the first discussion board of the semester
what was challenging about the reading material, everyone but her understandably
complains and commiserates.
The lexicon presents an added, formidable challenge to the ELL student.
A Turkish student, for example, e-mailed me to say he doubted he had the language skills to stay in the class. For the first play we read, he used some “modern
English” translations he had found online, but he struggled even with that text. He
then found modern-day Turkish translations of Shakespeare, which helped with
his reading, but not his writing, the text that is most important of all, because this
is the text with which he earns his grade. So, his extra work meant he could succeed as a reader of Shakespeare, but not yet as a Shakespeare student in my class.
To read, perchance to quote and analyze—ay, there’s the rub.
“How can they offer their own ideas about the play when we can barely
read this language?” This was a question posed by a Kazakh teacher to Mary Jo
Kietzman, an English professor on a Fulbright scholarship to teach literature in
Kazakhstan. In an ethnographic personal essay of her experience, published in the
journal College Literature, one of Kietzman’s responses is to have her students rewrite passages of the play, both in their native language and colloquial English.7 If
students are learning the language, in other words, as a teacher you can draw on
the strength they already practice: translation.
Todd Heyden writes in The Journal of Imagination in Language Learning
and Teaching that he too assigns his students to re-write passages or scenes from
Shakespeare’s plays, and he even assigns ELL students to create additional scenes
of their own invention. This, as he writes, allows students to make the “daunting”
text “something of their own.”8
I’d like to keep in mind that this process of translation to generate an interpretation of literature does not level the playing field between native and nonFALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
23
native English speakers. Clearly, my Turkish student who is working with three
texts does more reading than the majority of my students who say they work with
two—Shakespeare’s and a modern translation. Extra challenges persist for these
students, but the progress is remarkable, and the process is illuminating for the
rest of us. As Gisela Ernst-Slavit and her research colleagues write in their article,
“Changing lives: teaching English and literature to ESL students”:
Perhaps it will take a while before Ana [a case study in the article] can learn to use
rhetorical and syntactic conventions or for her to understand that Juliet’s line “O
Romeo, Romeo. Wherefore art thou Romeo?” means “Why are you a Montague?”
and not “Where are you Romeo?” Yet, the challenges she and her teachers will
have to face dwindle when we examine what Ana has to offer and what she has
accomplished in such a short time.9
This was my experience with my Turkish student too; he stayed in the class,
our challenges dwindled, and he did quite well. I only conveyed to him what I
must now add to the Ernst-Slavit article: native English speakers also have to
learn that “wherefore” means “why,” and not “where.” To the Kazakh teacher I am
compelled to respond, we native English speakers can “barely read this language.”
In response to Todd Heyden, we too need to make the “daunting” text “something
of our own.”
TRANSLATION BEGETS COMMONALITY
What came to light for me teaching Shakespeare in Taiwan was that translation, a necessary learning tool for ELL students, shows how my native and nonnative English speakers have more in common than may first appear. In this light,
my perspective changed to see how they also have something in common with me.
The articles I’ve mentioned focus on classes in which all students are learning English. My Shakespeare classes contain mostly native English speakers,
but everyone, regardless of origin or background, I’d like to classify as a “SLL”
student: a Shakespeare Language Learner. This is not to say that Shakespeare’s
“early modern” English is another language from the one you’re reading now. It’s
not. However, when students frequently encounter words like “doth” and “’ere”
and “wherefore,” the texts require translation.
For my students’ midterm and final essays I’ve offered the option of writing a personal, “modern-day” translation of a soliloquy or sonnet along with an
analysis of the text, but I’ve found that you can use translation without even
assigning it directly. Take my Turkish student’s situation: “to read, perchance
to quote and analyze”—ay, there’s the rub not just for him but for all students.
To write about any work of literature effectively, students have to quote and discuss the text they analyze. As they lead up to a quote like “Wherefore art thou,
Romeo” and follow it, they have to contextualize the language and incorporate
it in their writing. When this is done well, it demonstrates their understanding,
their personal translation of the text.
24
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
SH A K E S PE A RE I N TA I W A N : TE A CH I N G O N L I N E I N A GL O BA L C O M M U N I TY
It takes practice, and here is the great advantage of teaching literature online:
everything they do in my class is written. Instead of having face-to-face discussions in a brick-and-mortar classroom, my students respond weekly to a prompt
on a discussion board. They write their response and respond to each other,
expanding on or debating with the ideas of their peers. I consider these “informal”
assignments (I don’t take off points for organization, for example; I just want
them to write out some ideas), but because everything is written, everything must
contain quotations.
Earlier I asked what, in an online class, is “in focus if the student is never
I continue to translate the staggering eloquence found
in his lines... I’ll teach Shakespeare for as long as my
boss will let me; I’ll be an SLL student for life.
seen?” This is it: their writing, their quotations, their contextualization and interpretation of passages from Shakespeare’s plays, which is to say, their translation.
This word itself, to “translate,” means to “carry across.” In my students’ weekly
discussions, they don’t “re-write” Shakespeare as in the articles I mentioned above,
but they carry his work across what often seem to be peaks and valleys of their
learning process—their grasp of meaning and loss of it, their epiphanic interpretation and dismayed confusion—and into their own written work.
This awareness of translation also brings to light what my students have in
common with me, and here again I found myself feeling a surprising connection
to a common student experience. Those who have become reasonably accustomed
to Shakespeare’s “language”—as my middle-school teacher was, and as I am—are
still Shakespeare Language Learners in apprehending the great depth and variety
of meaning found in his work. I’ve learned that “’ere” means “before,” but with
each reading of a play I continue to translate the staggering eloquence found in
the lines he gives his characters. I’ll teach Shakespeare for as long as my boss will
let me; I’ll be an SLL student for life.
CONCLUSION: A RENEWED HUMILITY
My first eye-opening experience teaching Shakespeare in Taiwan—or,
more accurately, at a college in Michigan from a computer at the Taipei Public
Library—is that my students were spread out all over the country and world. By
the second week, I’m compelled to note, none of that really mattered. A few times
I arranged video-office-hour meetings with students over Skype; this placed my
students and me on the planet in real-time, because we had to accommodate the
time zone differences. Otherwise, it didn’t matter what time zone anyone was in
to discuss the problematic patriotism in Henry V and the idea that Hamlet may
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
25
be too insightful for his own good. We wrote each other about love and irony
in Sonnet 18. We debated whether Lady Macbeth was an evil influence to her
husband or gave him the murderous courage with which he thrived—tragically.
We were students of Shakespeare, connected by the Internet, with no constraints
to time and place. Because my online classes are “asynchronous” (that is, no one
has to be logged in at the same time), our time and place was circumstantial, and
inconsequential.
What was and continues to be consequential, as a function of time and place,
are our backgrounds, particularly in regards to language. English Language
Learners face a formidable challenge in a Shakespeare class, but this challenge casts
light on a process that is integral to an appreciation of any literature. As writer and
translator Eliot Weinberger writes, “every reading of every poem, regardless of
language, is an act of translation: translation into the reader’s intellectual and emotional life.” In my life as a teacher, my online, far-flung year on an island in the
South China Sea made me a student again: a student of Chinese, and an SLL
student of Shakespeare. As both, my humility in the face of my students and my
subject was renewed: a valuable teaching and traveling experience to have.
ENDNOTES
1.
Goral, “Make way for SPOCS: small, private online courses may provide what MOOCs can’t,”
p. 45.
2. Coughlin, “Harvard plans to boldly go with SPOCs.”
3. White, “An edX SPOC as the Online Backbone of a Flipped College Course.”
4. Stein, “Penn GSE Study Shows MOOCs Have Relatively Few Active Users, with Only a Few
Persisting to Course End.”
5. Milman, “Out with MOOCs and in with SPOCs? Not so Fast,” p. 71.
6. Wells and Taylor, The Oxford Shakespeare: The Complete Works, p. 825.
7. Kietzman, “Doing Shakespeare in a Kazakhstani College: Teacher Plays Ethnographer,” p.
103.
8. Heyden, “Shakespeare for ESL? Hamlet through Imaginative Writing.”
9. Ernst-Slavit, “Changing lives: teaching English and literature to ESL students: to enhance
learning for ESL students the authors provide selected background knowledge and strategies,”
p. 116.
10. Weinberger and Paz, Nineteen Ways of Looking at Wang Wei: How a Chinese Poem is Translated,
p. 43.
WORKS CITED
Coughlin, Sean. 2013. “Harvard plans to boldly go with SPOCs.” BBC News, (September 23).
Accessed at: www.bbc.co.uk/news/business-24166247.
Ernst-Slavit, Gisela, Carol Maloney, and Monica Moore. 2002. “Changing lives: teaching English
and literature to ESL students: to enhance learning for ESL students the authors provide
selected background knowledge and strategies.” Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy 46.2.
Accessed at: Academic OneFile.
26
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
SH A K E S PE A RE I N TA I W A N : TE A CH I N G O N L I N E I N A GL O BA L C O M M U N I TY
Goral, Tim. 2013. “Make way for SPOCS: small, private online courses may provide what
MOOCs can’t.” University Business, (July). Accessed at: Academic OneFile.
Heyden, Todd. 2002-03. “Shakespeare for ESL? Hamlet through Imaginative Writing.” The
Journal of the Imagination in Language Learning and Teaching (Vol. VII). Accessed at: www.
njcu.edu/cill/journal-index.html.
Kietzman, Mary Jo. 2013. “Doing Shakespeare in a Kazakhstani College: Teacher Plays
Ethnographer.” College Literature (40.2). Accessed at: Academic OneFile.
Milman, Natalie B. 2013. “Out with MOOCs and in with SPOCs? Not so Fast.” Distance
Learning (no. 4). Opposing Viewpoints in Context, EBSCOhost.
Stein, Kat. 2013. “Penn GSE Study Shows MOOCs Have Relatively Few Active Users, with
Only a Few Persisting to Course End.” Penn GSE Press Room, (December 5). Accessed at:
www.gse.upenn.edu/pressroom/press-releases/2013/12/penn-gse-study-shows-moocs-haverelatively-few-active-users-only-few-persisti.
White, Brian. 2013. “An edX SPOC as the Online Backbone of a Flipped College Course.” edX
Blog, (December 18). Accessed at: www.edx.org/blog/edx-spoc-online-backbone-flippedcollege#.U7vTG41dWAa.
Weinberger, Eliot and Octavio Paz. 1987. Nineteen Ways of Looking at Wang Wei: How a Chinese
Poem is Translated. London: Asphodel Press.
Wells, Stanley and Gary Taylor (eds). 1998. The Oxford Shakespeare: The Complete Works. New
York: Oxford University Press.
FALL 2012
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
27
28
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
Faculty Matter:
So why doesn’t
everyone think so?
by Adrianna Kezar and Dan Maxey
I
n K-12 education, teachers are typically regarded as
central to student learning and success. As a result,
teacher education programs, standards and certification
for teachers, as well as teachers’ professional development receive a great deal of
attention and support from policy makers.1 It is fully accepted that teachers matter
to student learning.
For whatever reason, the same assumptions are not always made in higher education.
Whether faculty matter, as well as why and how, is not often considered by policymakers, the
leaders of our colleges and universities, and other key constituencies in higher education. This lack of consideration is not without consequence, we believe. Because
people do not understand the importance of faculty to learning, faculty roles have
come under increased scrutiny from the public and policymakers, and the academic
profession has been degraded in the public sphere. Moreover, a lack of understanding about how faculty members shape student learning has underpinned the rise of
a mostly contingent academic workforce.
Today, 51.2 percent of all instructional faculty in non-profit higher education
are part-time employees.2 Whereas part-time (or adjunct) faculty were historically
professionals practicing in their fields of study, increasingly, institutions are hiring
Adrianna Kezar is professor of higher education at the University of Southern California and
co-director of the Pullias Center for Higher Education. Kezar is a national expert on non-tenure
faculty, change, governance and leadership in higher education. Recent books include Embracing
Non-Tenure Track Faculty and Understanding the New Majority of Non-Tenure Track
Faculty.
Daniel Maxey, M.Ed., is a Ph.D. candidate and Dean’s Fellow in urban education policy in
the Rossier School of Education and Pullias Center for Higher Education at the University of
Southern California. His research focuses on faculty issues in higher education, non-tenure-track
faculty, higher education governance, and the politics of higher education.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
29
off the tenure track simply to save money.3 Typically, these individuals are paid
far less than their full-time colleagues for the same work, and also lack access to
institutional supports that would enable them to better help students.4 As we argue
in this article, the emergence of the “new faculty majority” not only reveals the
general lack of understanding around faculty’s central role in providing a highquality education to students, but this shift also threatens to undermine one of the
most important predictors of student success: frequent and high-quality interactions between faculty and their students.5
A substantial body of research, conducted over more than 50 years, makes
The emergence of the “new faculty majority” reveals
the general lack of understanding around faculty’s
central role in providing a high-quality education.
clear that faculty-student interaction is a key factor in promoting student success,
particularly among those students who most need support, such as first-generation
college students and students of color.6 This research is consistent, pervasive, and
has informed the development of major surveys and projects in higher education.
By writing this article, we hope to remind our colleagues of the important
ways that faculty facilitate postsecondary student learning and outcomes. We also
suggest that higher education leaders communicate this research to external stakeholders and policy-making groups. Making use of these arguments can improve
the support provided to the majority of faculty members today and also ensure that
faculty continue to foster student success in the future. Major consideration should
be given to the impact of current working conditions on faculty-student interactions, and how improving these conditions could enhance learning.
HOW DO STUDENTS BENEFIT FROM FACULTYSTUDENT INTERACTIONS?
Interactions between faculty members and students have long been shown to
improve the quality of students’ learning and their educational experiences.7 The
host of positive outcomes includes increased persistence and completion rates,
better grades and standardized test scores, and the development of leadership,
critical thinking, sense of worth, career and graduate school aspiration, and selfconfidence. As Cox and others note: “No shortage exists of empirical studies of
the nature, quality, and frequency of faculty-student contact and their educational
consequences for students.”8
Other practices, of course, have also been proven to promote student success,
such as academic challenge, active and collaborative learning, and the existence
30
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
F A CU L TY M A TTE R: S O W H Y D O E S N ’ T E V E R YO N E TH I N K S O ?
of a supportive campus environment. Yet, studies repeatedly show that facultystudent interactions on their own have an independent impact. Additionally, the
positive outcomes associated with frequent and high-quality contact between
students and their professors remain relevant across the decades, even as campus
and student demographics have changed dramatically.9 More than 50 years ago,
institutions where faculty-student interactions were “normal and frequent and
students find teachers receptive to unhurried and relaxed conversations out of the
class” were identified as strongly impacting student learning.10 Since then, literally
hundreds of subsequent quantitative and qualitative studies have said the same
We know that the amount of time that students spend
interacting with faculty, and the quality of these
relationships, effectively decreases dropout rates.
thing about the importance of faculty-student interactions.11 Whether it’s being a
guest in a professor’s home or working on a research project with a faculty member, Kuh and others conclude, “In general, for most students most of the time, the
more interaction with faculty the better.”12
PERSISTENCE AND OTHER OUTCOMES,
ESPECIALLY FOR STUDENTS OF COLOR
Many important outcomes have been associated with faculty-student
interactions.13 Of these, persistence toward degree completion is one of the strongest. We know that the amount of time that students spend interacting with
faculty, and the quality of these faculty-student relationships, effectively decreases
student dropout rates and increases their persistence toward degrees.14 Studies
also have associated frequent and high-quality interactions with better grades and
performance on standardized tests—particularly for students with lower SAT
scores.15
And that’s not all. Researchers also have explored the cognitive and affective
outcomes fostered by faculty-student interactions. Leadership ability and development, critical thinking and problem solving, self-authorship or the ability to
define one’s capacity and identity, as well as better communication skills, sense
of purpose, and character development—all have been linked to faculty-student
interactions.16 Current studies suggest that quality faculty-student interactions
make a difference not just in measurable outcomes, such as graduation rates, but
in the breadth and depth of learning that occurs among students.
For students of color and first-generation college students, the positive effects
of faculty-student ineractions are particularly strong. Indeed, no other factor
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
31
plays as strong a role for students of color—making this a particularly important
finding for our increasingly diverse institutions.17 Students of color note that faculty interactions encourage them to engage more with learning, try harder, and
meet high academic expectations.18 For example, students attending Historically
Black Colleges and Universities have attributed their success to faculty and staff’s
encouragement and support, while Latina/o students’ say faculty-interactions
enhance their sense of belonging and their feeling that they are valued and “matter” in the community.19 Meanwhile, first-generation students who report positive
interactions with faculty also are more likely to experience academic success (e.g.,
Students of color note that faculty interactions
encourage them to engage more with learning,
try harder, and meet high academic expectations.
satisfactory grades and persistence) and express satisfaction with their academic
experience.20
WHY ARE FACULTY-STUDENT INTERACTIONS
IMPORTANT?
Underlying these different outcomes are several mechanisms that are deeply
human and speak to the ways that interaction with faculty members promotes
student success. Research on faculty-student interactions suggests how these relationships contribute to students’ aspirations, promote student engagement and a
passion for learning, increase motivation to learn, boost academic self-confidence,
and provide validation for students, all described below.
Various theories suggest learning is inherently social and support why faculty
matter, including situated learning theory, social learning theory, and the most
recent research from neuroscience.21 These theories are the most prominent and
well-established theories of learning and explain how and why faculty-student
interactions enhance learning.
Student Aspirations
Numerous studies have found that faculty play a major part in increasing students’ aspirations, including their desires to major in a certain area, their commitment to degree completion, and their desires to transfer from a two- to four-year
institution or attend graduate school.22 For example, in a recent study in STEM
[science, technology, engineering, math] disciplines, faculty-student interaction
was the most significant factor in whether students decided to persist in their
majors.23 Faculty can also help to encourage students to pursue careers that match
their interests and skills.24
32
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
F A CU L TY M A TTE R: S O W H Y D O E S N ’ T E V E R YO N E TH I N K S O ?
Interest, Passion, and Motivation for Learning
Faculty have been shown to positively influence their students’ interest and
engagement in their studies.25 Some of this has been attributed to faculty’s passion
for their fields of study—it may encourage students’ interest and engagement. But
whatever the reason, it’s true that faculty-student interactions increase students’
motivation to work on course materials or continue their studies. And motivation
is one of the most significant factors in retention, student success, and degree
completion.
Students attending Historically Black Colleges and
Universities have attributed their success to faculty
and staff’s encouragement and support.
Academic Self-Confidence
Studies also show that faculty-student interactions, specifically the encouragement and support provided through those contacts, significantly increase a student’s own sense of academic ability and value.This is an important finding since
students who lack confidence in their ability to succeed may also lack willingness
to engage in their courses.26 Similarly, feelings of intimidation and inadequacy may
prohibit students from fully participating in class.27
Meanwhile, students who sense that their instructors care about them also
have demonstrated increased levels of engagement in their courses, resulting in
student success and retention.28 Faculty demonstrate their care for students by
showing them respect and personalized attention, by valuing student contributions, and also by encouraging participation and inquiry in the classroom. When
instructors validate and affirm students’ responses to questions, they also increase
students’ willingness to participate and engage in class.
HOW CAMPUS POLICIES AND PRACTICES SHAPE
FACULTY-STUDENT INTERACTIONS
As we have shown, decades of research affirm the important role of faculty
in promoting student learning and educational outcomes through frequent and
substantive contact. However, as the composition of the faculty has shifted from
mostly tenured and tenure-track to mostly contingent and part-time, scant effort
has been made to ensure that the new majority of instructors are able to foster student success so completely. We are concerned that the practices and policies commonly faced by part-time faculty have the potential to threaten student success.
We know how institutional environment (e.g., resources, mission, student
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
33
body composition) can impact faculty roles and expectations (i.e., educational
practices, behaviors, and productivity).29 The very nature of part-time employment
suggests that these faculty will have fewer opportunities to engage with students
in the meaningful and substantive ways that are integral to ensuring the positive
outcomes associated with faculty-student interaction.30
There are, however, many other working conditions that frequently reduce
the capacity of part-time faculty to contact and form supportive relationships
with students.31 For example, part-time instructors often lack office space where
they can meet with students to provide support or feedback. When they are able
Faculty demonstrate their care for students by showing
them respect and personalized attention, by valuing
student contributions, and by encouraging inquiry.
to hold office hours, they are often not paid for that time. They may lack schoolissued e-mail addresses that help to facilitate communication with students.
Additionally, they are often excluded from the broader life of their campuses and
departments, and may not be invited or encouraged to participate in activities or
to serve as advisors for individual students or student groups.
It is important for administrators, faculty, and policy makers to understand
and consider how policies commonly associated with non-tenure-track faculty
roles and working environments impact student learning. In the sections that follow, we explore these issues.
The Depth and Quality of Faculty Interactions
Earlier studies focused on the frequency of contact between faculty and
students and found more interactions to be related to greater outcomes for students.32 But, in more recent years, the purpose, depth and quality of student-faculty interactions has been found to be more important. This has been demonstrated
in studies of students’ development of higher-order cognitive skills, and also of
students’ motivation, aspiration, persistence and achievement.33 Specifically, more
meaningful interactions, such as working with a faculty member on a research
project or spending time together socially outside of class, are important in
developing these outcomes.34 Faculty mentoring through undergraduate research
programs, course-connected internships, and faculty-led student clubs all provide deep opportunities for faculty to interact with students—and also have been
related to student success.35 More tutorial-style classrooms where faculty meet
with students individually and interact with them each week are associated with
greater student learning, as well.36
Focused interactions appear to have a greater impact on knowledge acquisition
34
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
F A CU L TY M A TTE R: S O W H Y D O E S N ’ T E V E R YO N E TH I N K S O ?
and skill development than more casual contacts.37 However, informal and infrequent contact also is associated with persistence, increased graduation and student
development.38 These interactions include talking after class about academic or
personal issues, simple greetings, and advice about a major or job. In general, studies have specifically identified four qualities of a high-quality faculty interaction:
(1) faculty members were approachable and personable; (2) faculty members had
enthusiasm and passion for their work; (3) faculty members cared about students
personally; and (4) faculty members served as role models and mentors.39
It is important to note that part-time faculty are the least likely to have fre-
There are many working conditions that frequently
reduce the capacity of part-time faculty to contact and
form supportive relationships with students.
quent interactions with students or deep relationships through undergraduate
research, project work, or mentoring relationships since they are typically hired to
teach only and may be on campus less frequently. They also are not often invited
or encouraged to participate in departmental or campus activities, or to advise student groups, which denies them other opportunities to connect with students in
substantive ways. Although they may be excellent teachers in the classroom, their
working conditions make it nearly impossible for them to be as involved as their
full-time peers in the lives of students and to provide those students with similar
support outside of class. And while part-time faculty may be able to demonstrate
some of the characteristics associated with high-quality faculty-student interactions, such as being approachable, their general inaccessibility or lack of engagement outside of class may make them seem to students to be distant, unsupportive,
or unapproachable.
Availability of Professional Development
Faculty members who work off the tenure track tend to use less studentcentered and active teaching approaches—the kinds of approaches associated with
learning—and also fewer high-impact teaching practices, such as service learning,
undergraduate research, and study abroad.40 Conversely, tenure-track faculty use
more student-centered and engaging practices, like getting to know students and
having more frequent and substantive interactions with them.41 While it’s unclear
why part-time faculty use these positive teaching approaches less often, it is likely
that their employment contracts and work arrangements exclude them from professional development, mentoring, and interactions with colleagues that would
result in better teaching practices. When faculty are provided these opportunities,
research has suggested a positive impact; indeed, a recent study of full-time nontenure-track faculty recently found that non-tenure track faculty members who are
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
35
well supported and use strong teaching practices produce student outcomes that
are comparable to those of tenure-track faculty members.42
The Importance of Faculty-Student Interactions in the First Year of College
We know that students are most vulnerable in their first year of college, and
that faculty have a significant role in determining the success of students during
this transition period.43 In various studies, students’ relationships with faculty
predicted their academic competence in the first year of college and helped sophomores succeed as well, in terms of grades and satisfaction.44 Additionally, students’
Although they may be excellent teachers in the
classroom, their working conditions make it nearly
impossible for them to be as involved.
earliest interactions with faculty shape their future relationships with professors
and whether they even seek them out.45 When these initial contacts are not successful, students are less likely to pursue interactions later.46 Yet, first-year courses,
particularly developmental courses that serve the most at-risk students, increasingly are taught by part-time faculty—the people with the least amount of time
for the kind of interactions that we know help students most. This suggests that
the prevalence of part-time faculty leading introductory courses may be an even
greater problem than we imagined.
Openness and Accessibility
When students feel respected by their instructors or when faculty members
make time for them and demonstrate care through personal attention or quick
response to e-mail, students benefit.47 These signal to students an instructor’s
accessibility, approachability, and willingness to support students’ needs. When
students feel isolated or alienated from faculty or develop poor relationships with
them, there are adverse outcomes: less motivation, lower aspirations, less satisfaction with college, a lack of engagement, and less persistence and student success.48
These risks are of particular concern for underrepresented minority students and
women.49 One study found that students of color look for cues about faculty’s
openness and accessibility in their in-class behavior and demeanor.50 Students in
that study noted, in particular, that if posted office hours were not clearly available
or were limited, students believed faculty did not want to interact with students.
Our growing reliance on part-time faculty not only undermines students’
chances for high-quality faculty-student interaction, but it also sets up these
instructors to be less accessible and seem less welcoming, despite their own best
efforts to serve their students well. When part-time faculty members are not pro-
36
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
F A CU L TY M A TTE R: S O W H Y D O E S N ’ T E V E R YO N E TH I N K S O ?
vided an institutional e-mail address or office space, students may have difficulty
discussing their interest in course material, receive feedback on assignments, or
get help. Similarly, when part-time faculty have limited office hours, it may signal
inaccessibility. Also, because part-time faculty are often paid very little and may
have their hours capped by their institutions, many work on multiple campuses to
piece together a living wage. This means many instructors must rush out of class
to drive across town for their next course, leaving behind or putting off students
seeking help after class. Even when they are making efforts to be involved, parttime faculty may seem less supportive or approachable.
The prevalence of part-time faculty leading
introductory courses may be an even greater problem
than we imagined.
In-Classroom Versus Out-of-Classroom Contact
Most studies find that in-class interactions, particularly for students of color,
have a stronger impact than out-of-class interactions on persistence, engagement,
motivation, aspirations.51 This may be related to changes on campuses where
students currently commute more, are older, and also less likely to participate in
out-of-class activities. Nonetheless, a combination of in- and out-of-class activities produces the strongest outcomes for students. Again, this a challenge for parttime faculty, who typically spend limited time with students outside of class and
are much less likely to be involved in student activities and co-and extra-curricular
activities (e.g., leadership programs, student clubs, residential programming).52
WHERE TO GO FROM HERE
While it may always be necessary for institutions to employ some part-time
faculty, there is growing support for action toward hiring more full-time employees—and with good reason. As we have shown in this article, faculty do matter.
Study after study demonstrates that faculty contact and relationships with student
are a critical key to student success. Students, parents, policy-makers and faculty
should understand that full-time faculty employment would enable more faculty
to undertake more frequent and substantive contact with students—the kind that
has been found, time and again, to have a meaningful, positive impact on student
success. Where part-time faculty are necessarily employed however, it is imperative that we take into account and find ways to address the limitations placed on
these instructors—through no fault of their own. The research we have summarized here should be shared with various stakeholders within and outside higher
education as we work together to improve the educational experience and success
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
37
of our students. For too long, we have taken for granted that our leaders understand faculty’s value to learning, and the important role faculty have in our core
academic mission. We need to share these findings widely and ensure that all
faculty members can foster their students’ development through substantive faculty-student interaction.
ENDNOTES
1.
See Darling-Hammond, “Teacher Quality and Student Achievement: A Review of State Policy
Evidence” and “Teacher Learning that Supports Student Learning.”
2. See National Center for Education Statistics, “Integrated Postsecondary Education Data
System.”
3. The terms non-tenure-track faculty and contingent commonly denote both full- and part-time
academic staff who are not on the tenure track; they are ineligible to be considered for tenure.
This is not a homogeneous group. Individuals may have very different reasons for taking nontenure-track jobs and the nature of work and working conditions can vary substantially, even on
campus. Full-time, non-tenure-track faculty may be referred to as lecturers, instructors, or clinical faculty. Titles and formal classifications may vary by campus and might even differ among
the numerous academic units at an institution. They typically work at one institution because
they hold full-time appointments. Part-time faculty are commonly referred to as adjunct faculty. Depending upon their individual circumstances, some part-time faculty might work only
work at one institution. However, they are more likely to have positions at multiple institutions
and may aspire to full-time or tenure-track positions.
4. A 2013 salary analysis by the American Association of University Professors concluded that the
average compensation received by a part-time faculty member teaching a three-credit course is
$2,700. Additional details regarding non-tenure-track faculty working conditions and connections to student learning can be found at www.thechangingfaculty.org.
5. The term “new faculty majority” denotes the status of part-time faculty as the largest subset
of the instructional faculty among nonprofit institutions in the United States. New Faculty
Majority is also the name of an organization founded to improve the quality of higher education
by advancing professional equity and securing academic freedom for all adjunct and contingent
faculty. Information about the organization can be found online at www.newfacultymajority.
info.
6. In our work bringing together accreditors, academic leaders, policymakers, and other important
constituent groups in higher education, we have observed that there is not a well-grounded
understanding of the research on faculty members’ impact on students or a clearly articulated
rationale for why faculty are important to student outcomes and learning. The Delphi Project
has created a number of resources that summarize research and contribute to building greater
awareness about the connections between faculty and their working conditions and student
learning outcomes, which are available on our website at www.thechangingfaculty.org.
7. See, for example, Chickering and Gamson, “Seven Principles for Good Practice in Undergraduate
Education,” Kuh, “The Other Curriculum: Out-of-Class Experiences Associated with Student
Learning and Personal Development,” Kuh et al., “What Matters to Student Success: A Review
of the Literature; and Light, “Making the Most of College: Students Speak Their Minds.”
8. Cox, et al., “Pedagogical Signals of Faculty Approachability: Factors Shaping Faculty–Student
Interaction Outside the Classroom,” p. 768.
9. In a study examining historical findings about faculty-student interactions between 1950 and
2000, Kuh and Hu found that the positive outcomes associated with frequent and high-quality
contact between students and their professors remain relevant even as campus and student
demographics have changed over time. See Kuh and Hu, “The Effects of Student-Faculty
Interaction in the 1990s.”
10. See Jacob, Changing Values in College: An Exploratory Study of the Impact of College Teaching.
11. See Kuh et al., “What Matters to Student Success: A Review of the Literature.”
38
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
F A CU L TY M A TTE R: S O W H Y D O E S N ’ T E V E R YO N E TH I N K S O ?
12. See Astin, What Matters in College? Four Critical Years Revisited, Kuh, “What We’re Learning
About Student Engagement from NSSE: Benchmarks for Effective Educational Practices,”
Kuh and Hu, “The Effects of Student-Faculty Interaction in the 1990s,” and Kuh et al., “What
Matters to Student Success: A Review of the Literature.”
13. It is important to note that studies control for incoming characteristics and other college experiences. However, there is no way to control for students who perform well or who are inclined
to persist tending to seek out more faculty interactions. Finally, the effects of student-faculty
interaction are conditional. For example, students who were better prepared academically and
who devoted more effort to their studies interacted more frequently with faculty members. It is
not clear whether this is because such students were more assertive in seeking out faculty members or whether faculty members invited students who performed well academically to make
contact (e.g., writing laudatory comments in the margins of a student’s paper suggesting they
talk further about the topic). See Kuh and Hu, “The Effects of Student-Faculty Interaction in
the 1990s.”
14. See Braxton, Bray, and Berger, “Faculty Teaching Skills and Their Influence on the College
Student Departure Process,” Johnson, “Commuter College Students: What Factors Determine
Who Will Persist and Who Will Drop Out?” Lundquist, Spalding, and Landrum, “College
Student’s Thoughts About Leaving the University: The Impact of Faculty Attitudes and
Behaviors,” and Wang and Grimes, “A Systematic Approach to Assessing Retention
Programs: Identifying Critical Points for Meaningful Interventions and Validating Outcomes
Assessment.”
15. See Anaya, “Cognitive Development Among College Undergraduates,” Anaya and Cole,
“Latina/o Student Achievement: Exploring the Influence of Student-Faculty Interactions on
College Grades,” and Carini, Kuh, and Klein, “Student Engagement and Student Learning:
Testing the Linkages.”
16. See Anaya and Cole, “Latina/o Student Achievement: Exploring the Influence of StudentFaculty Interactions on College Grades,” Bjorkland, Parente, and Sathiyananthan, “Effects
of Faculty Interaction and Feedback on Gains in Student Skills,” Carini, Kuh, and Klein,
“Student Engagement and Student Learning: Testing the Linkages,” Jenney, “The Holistic
Development Of College Students: Spirituality as a Predictor Of College Student’s Pro-Social
Character Development,” Martin, “The Relationship of College Experiences to Psychological
Outcomes in Students,” and Wawrzynski and Pizzolato, “Predicting Needs: A Longitudinal
Investigation of the Relation Between Student Characteristics, Academic Paths, and SelfAuthorship.”
17. See Lundberg and Schreiner, “Quality and Frequency of Faculty-Student Interaction as
Predictors of Learning: An Analysis by Student Race/Ethnicity.”
18. See Allen, “The Color of Success: African-American College Student Outcomes at
Predominantly White and Historically Black Public Colleges and Universities,” Anaya and
Cole, “Latina/o Student Achievement: Exploring the Influence of Student-Faculty Interactions
on College Grades,” and Himelhoch et al., “A Comparative Study of the Factors Which
Predict Persistence for African American Students at Historically Black Institutions and
Predominantly White Institutions.”
19. Fries-Britt and Turner found that students attending HBCUs attributed their success to the
encouragement and support they received from faculty and staff. See Fries-Britt and Turner,
“Uneven Stories: Successful Black Collegians at a Black and a White Campus.” Similarly,
research by Dayton and others suggests strong relationships with faculty and staff contribute to
Latina/o students’ sense of belonging and their feeling that they are valued and “matter” in the
community. See Dayton et al., “Hispanic-Serving Institutions Through the Eyes of Students
and Administrators.”
20. See Amelink, “Predicting Academic Success Among First-Year, First Generation Students.”
21. See Lave and Wegner, Situated Learning: Legitimate Peripheral Participation, Bandura, Social
Learning Theory, Vygotsky, Mind in Society: The Development of Higher Psychological Processes,
and Immordino-Yang, “Implications of Affective and Social Neuroscience for Educational
Theory.”
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
39
22. See Arredondo, “Faculty-Student Interaction: Uncovering the Types of Interactions That Raise
Undergraduate Degree Aspirations,” Braxton, Bray, and Berger, “Faculty Teaching Skills and
Their Influence on the College Student Departure Process,” Hearn, “Impacts of Undergraduate
Experiences on Aspirations and Plans for Graduate and Professional Education,” Johnson,
“Commuter College Students: What Factors Determine Who Will Persist and Who Will
Drop Out?” Lundquist, Spalding, and Landrum, “College Student’s Thoughts About Leaving
the University: The Impact of Faculty Attitudes and Behaviors,” and Wang and Grimes,
“A Systematic Approach to Assessing Retention Programs: Identifying Critical Points for
Meaningful Interventions and Validating Outcomes Assessment.”
23. See Hurtado, et al., “‘We do science here’: Underrepresented Students’ Interactions with
Faculty in Different College Contexts.”
24. See Lee, “Striving Toward Effective Retention: The Effect of Race on Mentoring African
American Students.”
25. See Arredondo, “Faculty-Student Interaction: Uncovering the Types of Interactions That
Raise Undergraduate Degree Aspirations,” Braxton, Bray, and Berger, “Faculty Teaching Skills
and Their Influence on the College Student Departure Process,” Chickering and Gamson,
“Seven Principles for Good Practice in Undergraduate Education,” Cokley, “Perceived
Faculty Encouragement and its Influence on College Students,” Johnson, “Commuter College
Students: What Factors Determine Who Will Persist and Who Will Drop Out?” Kuh and Hu,
“The Effects of Student-Faculty Interaction in the 1990s,” Light, Making the Most of College:
Students Speak Their Minds, Lundquist, Spalding, and Landrum, “College Student’s Thoughts
About Leaving the University: The Impact of Faculty Attitudes and Behaviors,” Pascarella and
Terenzini, How College Affects Students, and Wang and Grimes, “A Systematic Approach to
Assessing Retention Programs: Identifying Critical Points for Meaningful Interventions and
Validating Outcomes Assessment.”
26. See Rocca, “Student Participation in the College Classroom: An Extended Multidisciplinary
Literature Review.”
27. See Fassinger, “Understanding Classroom Interaction: Students’ and Professors’ Contributions
to Students’ Silence,” and Weaver and Qi, “Classroom Organization and Participation: College
Students’ Perceptions.”
28. See Crombie, et al., “Students’ Perceptions of Their Classroom Participation and Instructor as
a Function of Gender and Context,” Dallimore, et al., “Classroom Participation and Discussion
Effectiveness: Student-Generated Strategies,” and West and Pearson, “Antecedent and
Consequent Conditions of Student Questioning: An Analysis of Classroom Discourse Across
the University.”
29. See Blackburn and Lawrence, Faculty at Work: Motivation, Expectation, Satisfaction, and
Fairweather, Faculty Work and Public Trust: Restoring the Value of Teaching and Public Service
in American Academic Life, and “The Mythologies of Faculty Productivity: Implications for
Institutional Policy and Decision Making.”
30. See Cox, et al., “Pedagogical Signals of Faculty Approachability: Factors Shaping Faculty–
Student Interaction Outside the Classroom,” Eagan and Jaeger, “Effects of Exposure to Parttime Faculty on Community College Transfer,” Ehrenberg and Zhang, “Do Tenured and
Non-Tenure Track Faculty Matter?” and Umbach, “How Effective Are They? Exploring the
Impact of Contingent Faculty on Undergraduate Education.”
31. See Street, et al., “Who is Professor ‘Staff:’ And How Can This Person Teach So Many
Classes?” For additional examples and information, please also see our resources at http://
resources.thechangingfaculty.org.
32. See Pascarella and Terenzini, How College Affects Students.
33. Cox, et al., “Pedagogical Signals of Faculty Approachability: Factors Shaping Faculty–Student
Interaction Outside the Classroom.”
34. See Arredondo, “Faculty-Student Interaction: Uncovering the Types of Interactions That Raise
Undergraduate Degree Aspirations.”
40
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
F A CU L TY M A TTE R: S O W H Y D O E S N ’ T E V E R YO N E TH I N K S O ?
35. See Hurtado, et al., “‘We do science here’: Underrepresented Students’ Interactions with
Faculty in Different College Contexts.”
36. See Smallwood, “Me and My Professor: Oxford Style Tutorials.”
37. See, for example, Kuh and Hu, “The Effects of Student-Faculty Interaction in the 1990s.”
38. See Komarraju, Musulkin, and Bhattacharya, “Role of Student–Faculty Interactions in
Developing College Students’ Academic Self-Concept, Motivation, and Achievement.”
39. See Alderman, “Faculty and Student Out-of-Classroom Interaction: Student Perceptions of
Quality of Interaction.”
40. See Baldwin and Wawrzynski, “Contingent Faculty as Teachers: What We Know; What We
Need to Know.”
41. See Umbach, “How Effective Are They? Exploring the Impact of Contingent Faculty on
Undergraduate Education” and Umbach and Wawrzynski, “Faculty Do Matter: The Role of
College Faculty in Student Learning and Engagement.”
42. See Figlio, Schapiro, and Soter, “Are Tenure Track Professors Better Teachers?”
43. See Pascarella and Terenzini, How College Affects Students.
44. See Reason, Terenzini, and Domingo, “Developing Social and Personal Competence in the
First Year of College.”
45. See Graunke and Woosley, “An Exploration of the Factors that Affect the Academic Success
of College Sophomores” and Juillerat, “Assessing the Expectations and Satisfactions of
Sophomores.”
46. See Reason, Terenzini, and Domingo, “Developing Social and Personal Competence in the
First Year of College.”
47. See Hurtado, et al., “‘We do science here’: Underrepresented Students’ Interactions with
Faculty in Different College Contexts,” and Lindquist, Spalding, and Lundrum, “College
Student’s Thoughts About Leaving the University: The Impact of Faculty Attitudes and
Behaviors.”
48. See Cole, “Do Interracial Interactions Matter?: An Examination of Student Faculty Contact
and Intellectual Self-Concept” and Komarraju, Musulkin, and Bhattacharya, “Role of Student–
Faculty Interactions in Developing College Students’ Academic Self-Concept, Motivation, and
Achievement.”
49. See Sax, Bryant, and Harper, “The Differential Effects of Student–Faculty Interaction on
College Outcomes of Women and Men.”
50. See Hurtado, et al., “‘We do science here’: Underrepresented Students’ Interactions with
Faculty in Different College Contexts,” and Lindquist, Spalding, and Lundrum, “College
Student’s Thoughts About Leaving the University: The Impact of Faculty Attitudes and
Behaviors.”
51. See Anaya and Cole, “Latina/o Student Achievement: Exploring the Influence of StudentFaculty Interactions on College Grades,” Kuh and Hu, “The Effects of Student-Faculty
Interaction in the 1990s,” and Umbach and Wawrzynski, “Faculty Do Matter: The Role of
College Faculty in Student Learning and Engagement.”
52. See Kezar and Sam, “Understanding the New Majority of Non-Tenure-Track Faculty in
Higher Education: Demographics, Experiences, and Plans of Action.”
WORKS CITED
Alderman, R. V. 2008. “Faculty and Student Out-of-Classroom Interaction: Student Perceptions of
Quality of Interaction” (doctoral dissertation, Texas A&M University).
Allen, W. R. 1992. “The Color of Success: African-American College Student Outcomes at
Predominantly White and Historically Black Public Colleges and Universities.” Harvard
Educational Review, 62(1).
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
41
Amelink, C. T. 2005. “Predicting Academic Success Among First-Year, First Generation Students”
(doctoral dissertation, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University).
American Association of University Professors. 2013. The Annual Report on the Economic Status of
the Profession, 2012-13. Washington, D.C.: American Association of University Professors.
Anaya, G. 1992. “Cognitive Development Among College Undergraduates” (doctoral dissertation,
University of California, Los Angeles).
Anaya, G., and D. G. Cole. 2001. “Latina/o Student Achievement: Exploring the Influence of
Student-Faculty Interactions on College Grades.” Journal of College Student Development, 42(1).
Arredondo, M. 1995. “Faculty-Student Interaction: Uncovering the Types of Interactions That
Raise Undergraduate Degree Aspirations.” (presentation paper, Association for the Study of
Higher Education Annual Meeting, Orlando, FL, November 2–5).
Astin, A. W. 1993. What Matters in College? Four Critical Years Revisited. San- Francisco: JosseyBass.
Baldwin, R. G., and M. R. Wawrzynski. 2011. “Contingent Faculty as Teachers: What We Know;
What We Need to Know.” American Behavioral Scientist, 55(11).
Bandura, A. 1976. Social Learning Theory. New York: Pearson.
Bjorklund, S. A., J. M. Parente, and D. Sathianathan. 2002. “Effects of Faculty Interaction and
Feedback on Gains in Student Skills.” Frontiers in Education. 32(3).
Blackburn, R.T. and J. H. Lawrence. 1995. Faculty at Work: Motivation, Expectation, Satisfaction.
Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins University Press.
Braxton, J. M., N. J. Bray, and J. B. Berger. 2000. “Faculty Teaching Skills and Their Influence on
the College Student Departure Process.” Journal of College Student Development, 41.
Carini, R. M., G. D. Kuh, and S. P. Klein. 2006. “Student Engagement and Student Learning:
Testing the Linkages.” Research in Higher Education, 47(1).
Chickering, A. W., and Z. F. Gamson. 1987. “Seven Principles for Good Practice in Undergraduate
Education.” AAHE Bulletin, 3.
Cokley, K. 2000. “Perceived Faculty Encouragement and its Influence on College Students.” Journal
of College Student Development, 41.
Cole, D. 2007. “Do Interracial Interactions Matter?: An Examination of Student Faculty Contact
and Intellectual Self-Concept.” Journal of Higher Education, 78(3).
Cox, B. E., K. L. McIntosh, P. T. Terenzini, R. D. Reason, and B. R. L. Quaye. 2010. “Pedagogical
Signals of Faculty Approachability: Factors Shaping Faculty–Student Interaction Outside the
Classroom.” Research in Higher Education, 51(8).
Crombie, G., S. W. Pyke, N. Silverthorn, A. Jones, and S. Piccinin. 2003. “Students’ Perceptions
of Their Classroom Participation and Instructor as a Function of Gender and Context.” The
Journal of Higher Education, 74(1).
Dallimore, E. J., J. H. Hertenstein, and M. B. Platt. 2004. “Classroom Participation and Discussion
Effectiveness: Student-Generated Strategies.” Communication Education, 53(1).
Darling-Hammond, L. Teacher Quality and Student Achievement: A Review of State Policy Evidence.
Seattle, WA: Center for the Study of Teaching and Policy, University of Washington, 1999.
Darling-Hammond, L. 2008. “Teacher Learning that Supports Student Learning.” Teaching for
Intelligence, 2.
Dayton, B., N. Gonzalez-Vasquez, C. R. Martinez, and C. Plum. 2004. “Hispanic-Serving
Institutions Through the Eyes of Students and Administrators.” New Directions for Student
Services, 2004(105).
Eagan, M. K., and A. J. Jaeger. 2008. “Effects of Exposure to Part-time Faculty on Community
College Transfer.” Research in Higher Education, No. 0361-0365.
Ehrenberg, R. L., and L. Zhang. 2004. “Do Tenured and Non-Tenure Track Faculty Matter?”
National Bureau of Economic Research, Working Paper No. 10695.
42
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
F A CU L TY M A TTE R: S O W H Y D O E S N ’ T E V E R YO N E TH I N K S O ?
Fairweather, J. S. 1996. Faculty Work and Public Trust: Restoring the Value of Teaching and Public
Service in American Academic Life. Needham Heights, MA: Allyn and Bacon.
Fairweather, J. S. 2002. “The Mythologies of Faculty Productivity: Implications for Institutional
Policy and Decision Making.” Journal of Higher Education, 73(1).
Fassinger, P. A. 1995. “Understanding Classroom Interaction: Students’ and Professors’
Contributions to Students’ Silence.” Journal of Higher Education, 66(1).
Figlio, D. N., M. O. Schapiro, and K. B. Soter. 2013. Are Tenure Track Professors Better Teachers?
Evanston, IL: Northwestern University Institute for Policy Research.
Fries-Britt, S., and B. Turner. 2002. “Uneven Stories: Successful Black Collegians at a Black and a
White Campus.” The Review of Higher Education, 25(3).
Graunke, S. S., and S. A. Woosley. 2005. “An Exploration of the Factors that Affect the Academic
Success of College Sophomores.” College Student Journal, 39(2).
Hearn, J. C. 1987. “Impacts of Undergraduate Experiences on Aspirations and Plans for Graduate
and Professional Education.” Research in Higher Education, 27(2).
Himelhoch, C. R., A. Nichols, S. R. Ball, and L. C. Black. 1997. “A comparative study of the factors which predict persistence for African American students at historically black institutions
and predominantly white institutions” (presentation paper, Association for the Study of Higher
Education Annual Meeting, Albuquerque, NM, November 6–9).
Hurtado, S., M. K. Eagan, M. C. Tran, C. B. Newman, M. J. Chang, and P. Velasco. 2011. “‘We
do science here’: Underrepresented Students’ Interactions with Faculty in Different College
Contexts.” Journal of Social Issues, 67(3).
Immordino-Yang, M. H. 2011. “Implications of Affective and Social Neuroscience for Educational
Theory.” Educational Philosophy and Theory. 43(1).
Jacob, P. 1957. Changing Values in College: An Exploratory Study of the Impact of College Teaching.
New York: Harper.
Jenney, T. J. 2011. “The Holistic Development Of College Students: Spirituality As A Predictor
Of College Student’s Pro-Social Character Development.” Culture and Religion Review Journal,
2011(4).
Johnson, J. 1997. “Commuter College Students: What Factors Determine Who Will Persist and
Who Will Drop Out?” College Student Journal, 31(3).
Juillerat, S. 2000. “Assessing the Expectations and Satisfactions of Sophomores” in Visible Solutions
for Invisible Students: Helping Sophomores Succeed, L.A. Schreiner and J. Pattengale (eds).
Columbia, SC: University of South Carolina, National Resource Center for the First-Year
Experience and Students in Transition.
Kezar, A., and C. Sam. 2010. “Understanding the New Majority of Non-Tenure-Track Faculty in
Higher Education: Demographics, Experiences, and Plans of Action.” ASHE Higher Education
Series, 36(4), San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Komarraju, M., S. Musulkin, and G. Bhattacharya. “Role of Student-Faculty Interactions in
Developing College Students’ Academic Self-Concept, Motivation, and Achievement.” Journal
of College Student Development, 51(3).
Kuh, G. D. 2003. “What We’re Learning About Student Engagement from NSSE: Benchmarks for
Effective Educational Practices.” Change: The Magazine of Higher Learning, 35(2).
Kuh, G. D. 1995. “The Other Curriculum: Out-of-Class Experiences Associated with Student
Learning and Personal Development.” The Journal of Higher Education, 66(2).
Kuh, G. D., and S. Hu. 2001. “The Effects of Student-Faculty Interaction in the 1990s.” The
Review of Higher Education, 24(3).
Kuh, G. D., J. Kinzie, J. A. Buckley, B. K. Bridges, and J. C. Hayek. 2006. “What Matters
to Student Success: A Review of the Literature” (commissioned report for the National
Symposium on Postsecondary Student Success: Spearheading a Dialog on Student Success,
Washington, D.C., November 1–3).
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
43
Lave, J., and E. Wenger. 1991. Situated Learning: Legitimate Peripheral Participation. Cambridge,
U.K: Cambridge University Press.
Lee, W. Y. 1999. “Striving Toward Effective Retention: The Effect of Race on Mentoring African
American Students.” Peabody Journal of Education, 74(2).
Light, R. J. 2001. Making the Most of College: Students Speak Their Minds. Cambridge, MA: Harvard
University Press.
Lundberg, C. A., and L. A. Schreiner. 2004. “Quality and Frequency of Faculty-Student Interaction
as Predictors of Learning: An Analysis by Student Race/Ethnicity.” Journal of College Student
Development, 45(5).
Lundquist, C., R. J. Spalding, and R. E. Landrum. 2003. “College Student’s Thoughts About
Leaving the University: The Impact of Faculty Attitudes and Behaviors.” College Student
Retention Research, Theory and Practice, 4(2).
Martin, L. M. 2000. “The Relationship of College Experiences to Psychological Outcomes in
Students.” Journal of College Student Development, 41(3).
National Center for Education Statistics. 2013. Integrated Postsecondary Education Data System.
Washington, D.C.: National Center for Education Statistics.
Pascarella, E. T., and P. T. Terenzini. 2005. How College Affects Students. San Francisco: JosseyBass.
Reason, R. D., P. T. Terenzini, and R. J. Domingo. 2007. “Developing Social and Personal
Competence in the First Year of College.” The Review of Higher Education, 30(3).
Rocca, K. A. 2010. “Student Participation in the College Classroom: An Extended Multidisciplinary
Literature Review.” Communication Education, 59(2).
Sax, L. J., A. N. Bryant, and C. E. Harper. 2005. “The Differential Effects of Student-Faculty
Interaction on College Outcomes of Women and Men.” Journal of College Student Development,
46(6).
Smallwood, S. 2002. “Me and My Professor: Oxford Style Tutorials,” Chronicle of Higher Education,
(Feb. 15).
Street, S., M. Maisto, E. Merves, and G. Rhoades. 2012. Who is Professor “Staff:” And How Can This
Person Teach So Many Classes? Center for the Future of Higher Education.
Umbach, P. 2007. “How Effective Are They? Exploring the Impact of Contingent Faculty on
Undergraduate Education.” The Review of Higher Education, 30(2).
Umbach, P. D., and M. R. Wawrzynski. 2005. “Faculty Do Matter: The Role of College Faculty in
Student Learning and Engagement.” Research in Higher Education, 46(2).
Vygotsky, L. S. 1978. Mind in Society: The Development of Higher Psychological Processes. Cambridge,
MA: Harvard University Press.
Wang, H., and J. W. Grimes. 2001. “A Systematic Approach to Assessing Retention Programs:
Identifying Critical Points for Meaningful Interventions and Validating Outcomes Assessment.”
College Student Retention Research, Theory and Practice, 2(1).
Wawrzynski, M. R., and J. E. Pizzolato. 2006. “Predicting Needs: A Longitudinal Investigation of
the Relation Between Student Characteristics, Academic Paths, and Self-Authorship.” Journal
of College Student Development, 47(6), 677-692, 2006.
Weaver, R. R., and J. Qi. 2005. “Classroom Organization and Participation: College Students’
Perceptions.” The Journal of Higher Education, 76(5).
West, R., and J. C. Pearson. 1994. “Antecedent and Consequent Conditions of Student Questioning:
An Analysis of Classroom Discourse Across the University.” Communication Education, 43(4).
44
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
So the Student Says, He Who Skips
Our Conference and Wants a New
Meeting Time
by Paige Riehl
No excuses here. I’m at fault, he says. Job’s hell and life’s a narrow path.
Work late, sleep late. No writing to show, he’s gum-snapping,
looking for another break. All these students with their colorful beanies,
the way their shoulders lean into February. Okay, I say.
One forgets to read the assigned text and throws a desk against the wall.
He exits into some endless hallway never to return.
Another says she responds to many names, doesn’t know who
will attend class in her body. Calls herself we.
One stumbles into my office clutching paragraphs. Together we deconstruct
and reconstruct nonsensical sentences like vascular surgeons.
Others bide their time. Filmy eyes and crossed legs. Phones
buzz important in pockets. No questions. But today, he who skips conferences
signs up for a new time tomorrow. He talks through my bathroom break.
He is trying, is overextended, hopes I see the effort. My tired brain. My full bladder.
Little lightning streaks flash across my vision—ocular migraine—
the body’s warning flashes above a churning sea. See ya tomorrow, he says.
Okay, I say—to the flying desk, the lightning, the buzzing pockets,
the churning sea, the empty hallway. Tomorrow: okay.
Paige Riehl’s poetry chapbook, Blood Ties, was recently published by Finishing Line Press, and
her work also has appeared in publications that include Meridian, Potomac Review, and South
Dakota Review. She was selected by poets Jude Nutter and Oliver de la Paz as a winner of the
2012-2013 Loft Mentor Series in Poetry in Minneapolis. Riehl is a full-time English faculty
member at Anoka-Ramsey Community College in Minnesota.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
45
46
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
Can Graduate Students
Re-energize the Labor
Movement?
by Deeb-Paul Kitchen, II
I
n recent years, issues pertaining to graduate student
union organizing have been at the center of several
political battles and court cases. This attention is, at least
in part, due to the growth of graduate student unions at a time when organized
labor’s influence is receding in other, more traditionally unionized sectors of the
labor force. As many unions struggle with decreasing membership and against
well-funded corporate assaults on the rights of workers to collectively bargain, these
graduate student or graduate employee unions, once disregarded as idealist kids or
“radicals,” may provide an organizing model for American labor as it
seeks to reinvigorate itself.
This new focus on graduate labor organizing comes at a time of transition for
both organized labor and higher education. Increasingly, American institutions,
even public ones—such as universities—are governed by a corporate logic that
stresses efficiency and control.1 Within this framework, which elevates the interests of corporations above the public good, unionization has declined in terms of
“density, organizing capacity, level of strike activity, and political effectiveness”
across most sectors of the workforce. In 2012, according to the Bureau of Labor
Statistics, union members accounted for 11.3 percent of employed wage and salary
workers in the U.S., down slightly from 11.8 percent in 2011 and dramatically less
than the 20.1 percent in 1983.2
Deeb-Paul Kitchen is an instructor of sociology at Florida Gulf Coast University. His research
on the graduate labor movement focuses on the organizing process and the work that it entails.
Deeb is a former co-president of the University of Florida’s Graduate Assistants United.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
47
And yet, despite these bleak figures, not all unions are struggling to survive.
Even within this increasingly hostile anti-worker climate, some unions are adapting—even flourishing. As traditionally dominant union groups have receded,
previously marginalized ones, such as migrant and temporary workers, have moved
into positions of influence. Specifically, on the campuses of research universities
from California to Florida to New York, unionization is flourishing among graduate employees.
I would offer to readers of Thought & Action, as well as members of unions
across the labor spectrum, that the organizing model provided by graduate student
The organizing model provided by graduate student
unions should be embraced by any worker who wants
to survive and thrive in this world
unions should be embraced by any worker who wants to survive and thrive in this
world dominated by corporate power. As both an ethnographic researcher and
a former organizer and activist within the graduate labor movement I have seen
this approach used successfully under these unfavorable conditions. In the face
of budget cuts, union busting, and high rates of turnover, the organizing model
has allowed graduate unions to increase membership, expand bargaining units,
and secure more generous benefits. What is more, it enables labor unions to exert
influence beyond the scope of these traditional labor issues.
GRADUATE LABOR IN THE AGE OF
NEOLIBERALISM
Research universities increasingly employ graduate assistants (GAs) to teach
their undergraduate students and to do other work that used to be done mostly
by tenured or tenure-track faculty.3 But they typically do this work for little pay,
minimal benefits, and without job security.
Consequently, many GAs have collectively sought the same rights and benefits afforded their faculty colleagues and other unionized workers.4 The first GA
unions were established in the 1960s, and after a few decades of stagnation their
numbers increased sharply in the 1990s.5 This growth period corresponds with
other changes within the academy, and more broadly, with the transition from an
industrial economy in the U.S. to a knowledge- and information-based one—the
third wave of marketization.6 Meanwhile, the 1990s also saw the ascension of
neoliberal and neoconservative lawmakers to positions of power in state houses,
where they promoted policies that stress higher education’s economic functions
while devaluing its role in democratic learning, activism, and social criticism. At
48
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
C A N G RA D UA TE S TU D E N TS RE - E N E RG I Z E TH E L A BO R M O V E M E N T?
the same time, these same legislators significantly reduced the public resources
invested in higher education, particularly state funds.7 Restricted budgets have
resulted in academic managers prioritizing short-term economic concerns: implementing policies that can potentially generate revenue and expanding the academy’s connections to states and private sector organizations, while deemphasizing
and divesting from the humanities and liberal arts. This marks a departure from
the classical view of the university, which dates back to the Greeks and Romans
who saw the liberal arts as necessary to make a person free.8
Predictably, most of graduate assistants who are willing to organize unions
GA activists see the growth of their unions, at least in
part, as a reaction to these changes that “seek to alter
the distribution of power within the academy.”
work in the humanities and social sciences.9 Graduate employees in these fields are
routinely among the lowest paid on campus, while those in the STEM fields are
the highest. In 2013, the average graduate assistant in all of the social sciences and
humanities made below the national average for GAs.10 Also, within those fields,
the reliance on graduate labor and time to degrees has grown the most dramatically while the chances of tenure-track employment upon graduation have sharply
declined.11 But the varying popuarlity of unions in these different fields isn’t just
a matter of pay or fate — it also illustrates their functions.12 In the social sciences
and humanities, students learn to develop criticism and commentary on relevant
social institutions. In a way, these economic shifts and policies have created the
conditions from which their challenges emerged. This contradiction leads Rhoads
and Rhoades to depict GA labor unions as simultaneously reflecting shifts in academia and challenging them.
In addition to courting private-sector investment, universities also have been
embracing the top-down methods of management associated with corporations—
the chief powers in third wave marketization. Aronowitz claims these types of
practices are the norm for most public and private schools.13 A recent report showing a sharp 28 percent increase in higher education administrators from 2000 to
2012 (and a 40 percent decrease in full-time faculty and staff) bolsters this claim.14
GA activists see the growth of their unions, at least in part, as a reaction to these
changes that “seek to alter the distribution of power within the academy.”15 The
specific reaction that has been engendered reaches beyond the ivory tower, however, because of the unique structure of graduate labor and its requirements for
unionization.
In general, workers are more likely to organize unions when they have longterm attachment to their employers.16 But neither workers (GAs) nor employ-
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
49
ers (universities) see graduate employment as a permanent arrangement. From
an organizing standpoint, this means graduate unions lose officers and activists regularly. What’s more, with incoming students every year, there are many
new employees to educate about the union, and many obstacles to maintaining
momentum garnered through activism from year to year. On top of those serious challenges, solidarity among workers from different academic departments,
programs, and colleges often is strained by competition for diminishing resources.
In order to manage these dynamics, GAs have adopted a model of unionization that is typically observed among labor organizations in need of renewal.17
GAs have established “organizing unions,” as opposed
to “service unions” that have traditionally
dominated other campus unions.
They have established “organizing unions,” as opposed to “service unions” that
have traditionally dominated industrial sectors as well as other campus unions.
This approach requires constant, ongoing organizing campaigns and continuous
actions, which can prove challenging18 —but it has propelled GA unions and
activists to the forefront of today’s American labor movement.
THE ORGANIZING MODEL
Within the intra-movement dispute between “service” and “organizing” unions, graduate unionists see themselves firmly on the side of organizing.
Because of the high turnover rates among graduate employees, their constant need
to organize guides all graduate union activity. This is demonstrated in a document
distributed among GA activists at the Alliance of Graduate Employee Locals
(AGEL) conference in 2006.
Recently in the labor movement a division has been staked out between competing models of running a union: the service model union and the organizing model
union.19
The service model is “by far the most widely used model of union organizing
past and present,”20 and it differs from the organizing model in purpose and structure. Typically, service unions are centralized and directed by professional staffs.
“Members pay dues to the organization and should it become necessary later to
file a grievance, they receive this service… this is the extent of member involvement in the union.”21 Worker participation in decision making and agenda setting
is minimal. They are expected to merely pay dues and let representatives know of
50
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
C A N G RA D UA TE S TU D E N TS RE - E N E RG I Z E TH E L A BO R M O V E M E N T?
any problems.
On the other hand, graduate labor activists see unions as part of a participatory, democratic movement.22 Members still pay dues, but they actually run their
unions. Activities such as contract negotiations, grievances, or political actions
are valued as much as opportunities to incorporate more people in union action
as they are for settling disputes and securing benefits. Collective action is valued
above litigation, while efficiency is valued below member participation and communication.
For GAs, embracing the organizing model is a tactical necessity, but it also
For GAs, embracing the organizing model is a
tactical necessary, but it also presents challenges.
Specifically, they need opportunities to organize.
presents challenges. Specifically, they need opportunities to organize, or reasons
to be active even when there are no grievances to be settled or contracts to be
negotiated. In the absence of those typical “service” tasks, they must use the union
apparatus to organize around issues beyond the traditional scope of higher wages,
more generous benefits, and improved working conditions. As a result, graduate
unions often form alliances with other activist and advocacy groups, and function
as social movement unions that link the struggles of graduate employees to the
pursuit of social justice.
GRADUATE UNIONS AS SOCIAL MOVEMENT
UNIONS
Social movement unionism is an approach to labor organizing that
attempts to undo the isolation of unions that have typically tended solely to workplace issues, and embrace or advance the causes of democracy, and human rights.23
Graduate unions are steeped in this movement. They first emerged from the Free
Speech Movement and antiwar protests at the University of California, Berkeley
in 1965 when graduate students, in response to campus policies that censored student activist groups, organized a chapter of the American Federation of Teachers
(AFT). As union members, with the rights and protections of organized labor,
their activities could not be restricted by campus policies for existing student clubs
or groups.24
Today, graduate union organizers still recognize this 50-year-old dynamic
in their own work. Nedda, an organizer with Graduate Assistants United at the
University of Florida (UFGAU), talks about her union’s utility and value as being
rooted in its right to directly communicate with its bargaining unit.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
51
T h o us and s o f p ro t e st er s p ac ked t he rotunda at th e Wi sconsi n State House
i n 20 1 1 t o pr o t est G o v . Sc o t t W a lke r’s so- cal l ed “Budg et Repai r Bi l l , ” wh i ch
s t ri p p e d p ub lic se c t o r w o rker s o f t h e ir ri g h t to col l ecti v el y barg ai n. Ph oto by
J o e Ro w l e y v ia W ikime d ia.
52
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
C A N G RA D UA TE S TU D E N TS RE - E N E RG I Z E TH E L A BO R M O V E M E N T?
Nedda: The reason something like that [protest] happened demonstrates a more
settled value of the union­—we have the ability to immediately organize because we
have the communication network. I’ve also been a graduate assistant at a university
that didn’t have a union and there was no way for graduate assistants to communicate with one another outside a moderated listserv, a listserv moderated by the
administration itself. So just the ability to communicate to all graduates assistants
through email, because we get an email list from the university as part of our contract, makes the union valuable. We have the ability to communicate and we would
not have that if we didn’t have a union and that is a simple thing but it’s so valuable
because we can address issues immediately.25
External issues do enable GA unions to be active...
Social movement or social justice unionism is a way
to manufacture political opportunity.
This capacity to communicate in unfettered and unfiltered ways makes
a GA union a desirable group for potential collaborators. Consequently, various
activist groups, such as Students for a Democratic Society (SDS) or the Black
Graduate Student organization (BGSO), seek the GA union’s cooperation around
their own causes or actions. Frequently, these are not traditional labor issues, such
as when UFGAU in 2005 contacted its members, held demonstrations, and advocated for the repeal of a $50 fee charged to international students. Nonetheless,
these external issues and causes do enable GA unions to be active, thereby engaging in organizing unionism. Social movement or social justice unionism is a way
to manufacture political opportunity.
In another example, graduate laborers in the University of California (UC)
system, who are affiliated with the United Auto Workers (UAW), joined in
sympathy strikes with campus service workers who belong to another union—the
American Federation of State, County, and Municipal Employees (AFSCME)
in 2014.26 The strikes demonstrated solidarity across the university’s labor force,
including students, and it also showed the common cause between graduate labor
and service workers—two groups that often must supplement their low pay with
food stamps and students loans, thanks to the neoliberal policies governing the
academy.27 But it also was a tactical maneuver on the part of the graduate union
whose own contract negotiations have been locked in stalemate since June 2014.28
Typically, graduate workers in the UC system are forbidden by law from striking,
but when they linked their efforts with the striking service workers they amplified
both groups’ efforts.
In a third example of social movement unionism by GAs, organizers
for the Graduate Employee Organization (GEO) at the University of Michigan
mobilized opposition to a 2004 voter referendum to constitutionally ban same-
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
53
sex marriages in the state. Although the referendum was approved and the ban
enacted, the graduate union was visibly active and able to expand their range of
issues. Social justice struggles like these can lead organized labor to effectively ally
with more constituencies—and get organized. In fact, research has shown that
when unions prioritize racial equality and women’s issues, they are more successful
at organizing women and people of color.29
The embrace of social movement unionizing certainly requires ideological
conviction, but it is also driven by self-interest. Without this approach, it would
be difficult to overcome the high turnover that is an unavoidable aspect of gradu-
Social movement unionism and organizing unionism
mutually reinforce each other. Indeed, it remains to
be seen if one could thrive without the other.
ate labor. By expanding the range of issues addressed by the union, graduate labor
organizers create reasons for members to stay active. Additionally, by organizing
around more issues, they enlarge the appeal of the union. In other words, social
movement unionism and organizing unionism mutually reinforce each other.
Indeed, it remains to be seen if either could thrive without the other.
Operating unions in ways that link them to broader social activism isn’t a
new strategy, but it hasn’t always been an accepted one. In the 1960s, social
activism was at the center of disputes between traditional union members, the
so-called “hard hats,” and the new union members at Berkeley, Madison, and
elsewhere, known as the “radicals,” who embraced the social justice causes of the
Civil Rights Act and Vietnam War era. At that time, industrial workers largely
distrusted the graduate unions.30 But these days, as the Great Recession has led to
rising numbers of temporary workers31 and economic restructuring,32 more jobs in
the U.S. more closely resemble graduate employment. These employment trends
have not escaped the notice of national labor groups, who have responded with
new approaches that adopt the graduate union model. As a result, graduate labor
organizers have moved to the center of union activity and are wielding newfound
influence.
Take a look at the most visible and militant union efforts of this decade, and
you will find high levels of graduate union involvement and influence. From the
powerful protests in Madison, Wisc., in 2011, to the massive Occupy Wall Street
movement that began that same year, it is clear that GA unions have moved into
the forefront of the American labor movement.
At the same time, the largest unions are adopting GA strategies. For example, Richard Trumka, president of the American Federation of Labor and the
Congress of Industrial Organizations (AFL-CIO), the largest labor organization
54
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
C A N G RA D UA TE S TU D E N TS RE - E N E RG I Z E TH E L A BO R M O V E M E N T?
in the U.S., pledged in 2013 to work with non-union allies to bolster union influence and combat harmful trends around college debt and immigration policies.33
In another example, the NEA has partnered with Generation Progress on NEA’s
Degrees Not Debt campaign to limit student debt and make college more affordable.34 These are part of national efforts that also involve other large unions such
as AFSCME and the Service Employees International Union (SEIU) to reach
out to non-union organizations and build a new type of workplace representation
through sustained collective action.35
At the AFL-CIO’s “Let’s Talk” meetings, representatives from union
As the big unions reorient themselves to movement
unionism, GA activists have been at the center of the
most visible examples of union struggles.
and non-union organizations came together to come up with ideas for expanding
labor’s influence. One of the suggestions, presented at the AFL-CIO’s national
convention in 2013, was to disconnect union membership from specific workplaces and allow people to join directly. Trumka addressed this in his remarks to
the 2013 Conference on New Models for Worker Representation.
We are building other new forms of membership through partnership agreements
with the National Day Laborers Organizing Network and the National Domestic
Workers Alliance. In 2006, here in Chicago, the AFL-CIO adopted a new policy
extending affiliation to worker centers across the country… Many of our unions
were created over 100 years ago when the economic and demographic landscape
was very different. We can’t just defend our historic industrial and geographic bases
when global forces far outside our power to control are eroding, if not destroying,
those bases. Unions and our progressive allies need to collectively redirect our
energy to focus on where jobs will be in the future and which workers can successfully organize and gain representation in the new global economy.36
These comments and initiatives signal a departure from traditional models in
favor of an organizing approach that strives for broad participation through the
embrace of non-union struggles.
This new form of representation is being crafted to fit the realities of contemporary workplaces, where workers often are part-time employees or contracted to
jobs—but not necessarily to places of employment. It also reflects the GA model,
which reached beyond traditional bases long ago, probably because colleges and
universities experienced early on the effects of neoliberal policies. Regardless, as
the big unions reorient themselves to movement unionism, GA activists have been
at the center of the most visible examples of union struggles.37
In 2011, when Wisconsin Gov. Scott Walker unleashed his attacks on working
people and their right to collectively bargain, the Teaching Assistants Association
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
55
(TAA) from the University of Wisconsin-Madison was instrumental in orchestrating the two-week occupation of the Wisconsin State Capitol. The prolonged
demonstrations involved nearly 30,000 workers—from elementary teachers to
firefighters— including large numbers of students. The TAA arranged for food,
blankets, and other supplies so that protestors could set up camp, and they used
their communications capacity to quickly mobilize attendees for legislative hearings. State Rep. Mark Pocan observed that the TAA “brought people in volume, I
don’t know if anyone else brought them in as continually and consistently.”38 The
result was a spectacle of diverse workers standing together in a way that placed
TAA Co-President Alex Hanna suggested the larger
unions move to “reform our unions in such a way that
they are oriented toward organizing...”
union issues at the center of public debate and news coverage.
Predictably, legislative efforts aimed at silencing workers and damaging
unions, especially public sector unions, ensued in state houses across the Midwest.
In Michigan, Gov. Rick Snyder signed a bill limiting the expansion of GA unions
in public universities.39 The law denies collective bargaining rights to the state
universities’ graduate student research assistants (GSRAs) on the basis of their
work being tied to their status as students. Currently, only graduate student teaching assistants (GSTAs) are unionized in Michigan’s universities. A district court
ruling in February 2014 deemed parts of the law to be unconstitutional.40 The ruling will be appealed and it does not settle any of the larger fights over GA union
rights, but it does indicate that those seeking to curtail organized labor are aware
of graduate unions. It is not farfetched to assume that this attention may be part
of attempts to curtail their influence.
In the wake of the Madison protests, the larger unions returned to familiar
tactics and focused on recalling Wisconsin lawmakers who supported Walker’s
measures and also lobbying against similar legislation in other states. But TAA
Co-President Alex Hanna suggested they move instead to “reform our unions in
such a way that they are oriented toward a culture of organizing and of collective power.”41 In the months after the Madison protests, it’s possible they heeded
Hanna’s call.
In 2011, the Occupy Wall Street (OWS) movement emerged from widespread opposition to increasing social and economic inequalities in the U.S., as
well as the nation’s military interventionism and environmental ruin. These are
all serious social justice issues—although not traditional union issues—and yet
established labor groups such as the Transport Workers Union of America, SEIU,
CWA, AFSCME and UNITE HERE provided resources and assistance. Just as
the TAA helped sustain the Madison occupation, the Communications Workers
supplied mattresses, walkie-talkies and other materials to New York City occupi56
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
C A N G RA D UA TE S TU D E N TS RE - E N E RG I Z E TH E L A BO R M O V E M E N T?
ers to effectively maintain their demonstrations.
In perhaps the grandest gesture of support, in November 2011 the AFL-CIO,
SEIU, and the Laborers’ International Union of North America joined a “We are
the 99 percent” demonstration.42 Trumka’s words formally endorsing the OWS
movement echoed the basic goals of social movement unionism.
We are proud that today on Wall Street, bus drivers, painters, nurses and utility
workers will join students and homeowners, the unemployed and the underemployed to call for fundamental change… [Organized labor] will open our union
halls and community centers as well as our arms and our hearts to those with the
courage to stand up and demand a better America.43
This support for OWS, a movement known for not articulating specific
demands, might be the surest sign of big labor’s new orientation towards popular
organizing. And it’s one with practical benefits, helping labor to garner support
for its own more traditional causes and bridge the gulf between unions and other
advocates for social justice.44 Just as unions sent people and supplies to assist the
Occupiers, the OWS activists lent their support to unions. For example, when
managers at Sotheby’s auction house were cutting employees’ hours and pensions
while increasing their own pay, Occupiers disrupted their auctions.
These and other examples of cooperation between the OWS movement and
organized labor are not unique: they greatly resemble the relationships that GA
unions regularly form with other student activist groups. Through their actions,
and especially their organizing model, GA unions have shown the way to reinvigorate the American labor movement during these difficult times.
WHERE DOES THIS LEAVE US?
The newfound influence of the more radical, movement-oriented elements of
organized labor offers those of us who seek to revitalize American unions a chance
to heed Alex Hanna’s call to prioritize organizing and collective action over discreet, measurable gains in wages and benefits. This requires participation on the
part of members and supporters. It may also require internal insurgent campaigns
akin to what the Academic Workers for a Democratic Union did in California. In
that case, members of the Academic Workers for a Democratic Union (ADWU),
a reform caucus within the UC graduate union, have promoted vigorous action
against UC’s labor practices and drawn the support of the California Nurses
Alliance and UC Santa Cruz’s Skilled Crafts Unit, who all participated in a sympathy strike alonside the graduate employees and service workers in November
2013.45
The California example offers hope that reform can take place within existing service-oriented unions, whose scope of action and concern has been narrowly
focused on specific workplaces or types of workers (e.g. college faculty within a
state). Another reason for optimism is the acknowledgment by some of the most
entrenched labor leaders, such as Trumka, that unions must adapt to survive in
the age of neoliberalism.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
57
Restructuring access to union membership so that it is not necessarily linked
to specific workplaces is a good start, but it’s just a start. To truly transform unions
for the 21st century, our work also must entail re-conceptualizing organizing, so
that unions reach beyond the workplace and beyond their own members, and prioritize social justice concerns. We must all recognize organizing as an end rather
than a means to secure greater benefits.
In the immediate future, readers of this article who are members of service
unions, which most faculty unions are, should begin the process of reorienting
their local chapters by following the lead of graduate unions and pushing for collaboration with other workers’ and advocacy groups. Adopt social justice issues
as union concerns. Again, this will likely require local, insurgent campaigns, but
any efforts to expand unions’ scope of representation and agenda items will set a
foundation for organizing and movement unionism. Make it a point to encourage
unionization among your GA colleagues, and understand that your collaboration
with them can lend credibility to their efforts.
Further down the road, consider the opportunities provided by the 2016 state
and presidential elections and how the anticipated massive voter-turnout operation can be utilized for grassroots organizing among non-union members. One of
the hallmarks of the GA-style organizing model is that events such as elections
or contract negotiations aren’t just about electing new lawmakers or getting new
contracts—they are understood as ancillary activities that enable the union to
organize more effectively. In other words, you don’t organize to take action on
Election Day, and then return to daily life; you see these opportunities as beginnings. After Election Day, regardless of who wins, union members and working
class allies should immediately identify key issues of concern and accelerate their
collective action.
Above all, move forward with this in mind: If there is to be a resurgence of
organized labor in the United States, perhaps the once mocked graduate students
offer the best path forward.
ENDNOTES
1. See Burawoy, “Introduction: A Public Sociology for Human Rights.”
2. Bureau of Labor Statistics, “Union Members in 2012.” Of note, 1983 was the first year of data
collection.
3. See Bousquet, How the University Works: Higher Education and the Low-Wage Nation, and also
Ehrenberg, et al., “Collective Bargaining in American Higher Education.”
4. Barba, “The Unionization Movement: An Analysis of Graduate Student Employee Union
Contracts,” and Rhoades and Rhoads, “The Public Discourse of US Graduate Emplyee
Unions: Social Movement Identities, Ideologies, and Strategies.”
5. The University of Wisconsin-Madison’s Teaching Assistants Association was the first to
be recognized as an independent union in 1969. In the 1990s, the many GA unions to be
recognized include the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee (1991), the University of Kansas
(1995), the University of Massachusetts, Lowell and the University of Iowa (1996). In 1999,
the University of California system was the second to unionize GAs, after the State University
58
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
C A N G RA D UA TE S TU D E N TS RE - E N E RG I Z E TH E L A BO R M O V E M E N T?
of New York decades earlier. See DeCew, Unionization in the Academy: Visons and Realities;
Rhoades and Rhoads; Smallwood, Success and New Hurdles for TA Unions; and Wickens, “The
Organizational Impact of University Labor Unions.”
6. The first wave of marketization was state capitalism, propagated by colonial powers that
appropriated wealth through force and coercion. During that time, labor rights were pursued
and protected by local communities, and preserved in custom. The second wave was defined by
nation states using their powers to protect private companies. Labor activism was institutionalized and preserved by law. The current third wave is the era of globalization, and it is dominated by multinational corporations rather than states. See Slaughter and Rhoades, Academic
Capitalism and the New Economy.
7. In 1987, public colleges and universities received 3.3 times as much in revenue from state and
local governments as they did from students. Now revenues from students and from states and
localities are almost equal, according to the Oliff, et al, of the Center on Budget and Policy
Priorities. See also Giroux, “Neoliberalism, Corporate Culture, and the Promise of Higher
Education: The University as a Democratic Public Sphere;” Giroux, The Terror of Neoliberalism:
Authoritarianism and the Eclipse of Democracy; Rhoads and Rhoades; and Slaughter and Rhoades.
8. Lustig, “The University Besieged.”
9. Rhoads and Rhoades, op cit.
10. The average stipend of a graduate assistant in the physical sciences was $18,018 in 2012-2013,
while those in the arts were paid $10,694 and those in library sciences earned $10,074. For
more, see “The Salary Issue.”
11. See Bousquet, also Rhoads and Rhoades.
12. Rhoads and Rhoades, op cit.
13.Aronowitz, The Knowledge Factory: Dismantling the Corporate University and Creating True
Higher Learning.
14. Carlson, “Administrator Hiring Drove 28% Boom in Higher Ed Workforce, Report Says.”
15. Rhoads and Rhoades, op cit.
16. Ehrenberg, et al. “Collective Bargaining in American Higher Education.”
17. Fiorito, “Union Renewal and the Organizing Model in the United Kingdom.”
18.Bousquet, op cit.
19. Gabe Kirchner, “Guiding Principles in Graduate Student Unionism.”
20.Ibid.
21.Ibid.
22.Ibid.
23. Waterman, “Social Movement Unionism: A New Model for a New World Order?”
24.Draper, The New Student Revolt; Lipset, “University Student Politics;” Rhoades and Rhoads;
and Singh, et al., “Graduate Student Unions in the United States.”
25. Nedda is a pseudonym.
26. Anderson, “University of California Student-Worker Strike: Reject Neoliberal Violence,” and
Burns, “A ‘Historic Moment’ for Campus Solidarity.”
27.Anderson, op cit.
28.Burns, op cit.
29. Clawson and Clawson, “What has happened to the US Labor Movement?”
30. Dizikes and Sewell, “Wisconsin University Teaching Assistants at Forefront of Capitol
Protest.”
31.Hatton, The Temp Economy: From Kelly Girls to Permatemps in Postwar America.
32. Robinson, “Neoliberal Restructuring and US Unions: Toward a Social Movement Unionism?”
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
59
33. Trumka, “Remarks by AFL-CIO President Richard L. Trumka, 2013 Conference on New
Models for Worker Representation.”
34. NEA’s Degrees Not Debt campaign has involved a coalition of partners, including Generation
Progress, the Center for American Progress, as well as numerous NEA-Student chapters. Visit
nea.org/degreesnotdebt to sign NEA’s Degrees Not Debt pledge.
35. Jamieson, “Richard Trumka, AFL-CIO Chief, Reflects on Unions’ Thinning Ranks, Calls for
New Strategies,” and Perkins, “AFL-CIO Wants to be the Voice of Most Workers, Not Just
Those in Unions.”
36.Trumka, op cit.
37. Dizikes and Sewell, op cit.
38.Ibid.
39. Oltean, “Michigan Senate Passes Legislation Against Graduate Student Union.”
40. Geva, “Court Ruling Brings New Energy to GSRA Fight;” Oltean, op cit.; and Patel, “Court
Ruling Reopens Debate Over Unions for Graduate Student Researchers.”
41. Hanna issued this call in a personal blog post, “Coming Out.”
42. Bogardus, “Labor Unions, Occupy Wall Street Plan ‘Day of Action’ Urging Lawmakers to
Invest.”
43. Trumka, “Statement by AFL-CIO President Richard Trumka On Occupy Wall Street.”
44. Newhouse, “A Labor Breakthrough: Occupy Wall Street’s Union Connections and the Role of
Solidarity in Staying Power.”
45.Burns, op cit.
WORKS CITED
Aronowitz, Stanley. The Knowledge Factory: Dismantling the Corporate University and Creating True
Higher Learning. Boston: Beacon Press, 2000.
Barba, William C. “The Unionization Movement: An Analysis of Graduate Student Employee
Union Contracts.” Business Officer, 1994: 35-43.
Bogardus, Kevin. “Labor Unions, Occupy Wall Street Plan ‘Day of Action’ Urging Lawmakers to
Invest.” The Hill. November 12, 2011. Accessed at: thehill.com/business-a-lobbying/193187labor-unions-occupy-wall-street-plan-day-of-action.
Bousquet, Marc. How the University Works: Higher Education and the Low-Wage Nation. New York
and London: New York University Press, 2008.
Burawoy, Michael. “Introduction: A Public Sociology for Human Rights.” In Public Sociology Reader,
by Judith Blau and Kerri Iyal Smith. Lanham: Rowman and Littlefield, 2006.
Bureau of Labor Statistics, U.S. Department of Labor. “Union Members in 2012.” January 23, 2013.
Accessed at: www.bls.gov/news.release/pdf/union2.pdf.
Burns, Joe. Reviving the Strike: How Working People Can Regain Power and Transform America.
Brooklyn: Ig Publishing, 2011.
Burns, Rebecca. “A ‘Historic Moment’ for Campus Solidarity.” In These Times. November 15, 2013.
Accessed at: http://inthesetimes.com/article/15885/uc_grad_student_employees_declare_
solidarity_with_service_workers.
Carlson, Scott. “Administrator Hiring Drove 28% Boom in Higher Ed Workforce, Report
Says.” The Chronicle of Higher Education. Feb 5, 2014. Accessed at: chronicle.com/article/
Administrator-Hiring-Drove-28-/144519/
Clawson, Dan and Mary Ann Clawson. “What has happened to the US Labor Movement?” Annual
Review of Sociology, 1999: 95-119.
DeCew, Judith W. Unionization in the Academy: Visons and Realities. Lanham: Rowan & Littlefield,
60
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
C A N G RA D UA TE S TU D E N TS RE - E N E RG I Z E TH E L A BO R M O V E M E N T?
2003.
Dizikes, Cynthia and Abby Sewell. “Wisconsin University Teaching Assistants at Forefront of
Capitol Protest.” The Los Angeles Times. March 12, 2011. Accessed at: http://articles.latimes.
com/2011/mar/12/nation/la-na-teaching-assistants-20110313.
Draper, Hal. The New Student Revolt. New York: Grove Press, 1965.
Ehrenberg, Ronald G., Daniel B. Klaff, Adam T. Kezsbom, and Matthew P. Nagowski. “Collective
Bargaining in American Higher Education.” Governing Academia, 2004: 209-232.
Fiorito, Jack. “Union Renewal and the Organizing Model in the United Kingdom.” Labor Studies
Journal, 2004: 21-53.
Geva, Shoham. “Court Ruling Brings New Energy to GSRA Fight.” The Michigan Daily. February
13, 2014. Accessed at: www.michigandaily.com/news/court-ruling-brings-new-energy-gsraunionization.
Giroux, Henry A. “Neoliberalism, Corporate Culture, and the Promise of Higher Education: The
University as a Democratic Public Sphere.” Harvard Edcational Review, 2002: 425-463.
—. The Terror of Neoliberalism: Authoritarianism and the Eclipse of Democracy. Herndon: Paradigm
Publishers, 2004.
Hanna, Alex. “Coming Out,” Blog—Alex Hanna, Feb. 17, 2014. Accessed at: http://blog.alexhanna.com/.
Hatton, Erin. The Temp Economy: From Kelly Girls to Permatemps in Postwar America. Philadelphia:
Temple University Press, 2011.
Hirsch, Michael. “Occupy and Labor: The Closest of Strangers.” Jacobin Magazine. February 13,
2012. Accessed at: jacobinmag.com/2012/02/occupy-and-labor-the-closest-of-strangers/.
Jamieson, Dave. “Richard Trumpka, AFL-CIO Chief, Reflects on Unions’ Thinning Ranks, Calls
for New Strategies.” The Huffington Post. March 7, 2013. Accessed at: www.huffingtonpost.
com/2013/03/07/richard-trumka-afl-cio-speech_n_2828671.html.
Kirchner, Gabe. Guiding Principles in Graduate Student Unionism. Madison, Wisconsin: Teaching
Assistants Association, 2006.
Lipset, Seymore. “University Student Politics.” In Berkeley Student Revolt: Facts and Interpretations,
edited by Seymore M. Lipset and Sheldon S. Wolin, 7. New York: Anchor Books, 1965.
Lustig, Jeff. “The University Besieged.” Thought & Action, (Fall) 2011. Accessed at: www.nea.org/
home/50451.htm
Newhouse, Kara. “A Labor Breakthrough: Occupy Wall Street’s Union Connections and the Role
of Solidarity in Staying Power.” Common Dreams. October 11, 2011. Accessed at: www.commondreams.org/view/2011/10/11-9.
Nichols, John. Uprising: How Wisconsin Renewed the Politics of Protest, from Madison to Wall Street.
New York: Nation Books, 2012.
Oliff, P., V. Palacios, I. Johnson, and M. Leachman. “Recent Deep State Higher Education Cuts
May Harm Students and the Economy for Years to Come.” Center for Budget and Policy
Priorities, March 9, 2013. Accessed at: www.cbpp.org/cms/?fa=view&id=3927.
Oltean, Davis. “Michigan Senate Passes Legislation Against Graduate Student Union.” CM Life.
February 24, 2012. Accessed at: www.cm-life.com/article/2012/02/senate-passes-legislationagainst-grad-student-unions.
Patel, Vimal. “Court Ruling Reopens Debate Over Unions for Graduate Student Researchers.” The
Chronicle for Higher Education. February 21, 2014. Accessed at: https://chronicle.com/article/
Court-Ruling-Reopens-Debate/144937/.
Perkins, Olivera. “AFL-CIO Wants to be the Voice of Most Workers, Not Just Those in Unions.”
June 13, 2013. The Cleveland Plain Dealer. Accessed at: www.cleveland.com/business/index.
ssf/2013/06/afl-cio_wants_to_be_the_voice.html.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
61
Rhoades, Gary and Robert A. Rhoads. “The Public Discourse of US Graduate Emplyee Unions:
Social Movement Identities, Ideologies, and Strategies.” The Review of Higher Education, 2003:
163-186.
Rhoads, Robert A. and Gary Rhoades. “Graduate Employee Unionization as Symbol of and
Challenge to the Corporatization of US Research Universities.” The Journal of Higher Education,
2005: 243-275.
Robinson, Ian. “Neoliberal Restructuring and US Unions: Toward a Social Movement Unionism?”
Critical Sociology, 2000: 109-138.
Singh, Parbudyal, Deborah M. Zinni, and Anne F. MacLennan. “Graduate Student Unions in the
United States.” Journal of Labor Research, 2006: 55-73.
Slaughter, Sheila and Gary Rhoades. Academic Capitalism and the New Economy. Baltimore: Johns
Hopkins University Press, 2004.
Smallwood, Scott. “Success and New Hurdles for TA Unions.” The Chronicle of Higher Education.
July 6, 2001. Accessed at: http://chronicle.com/article/SuccessNew-Hurdles-for/6792.
“The Salary Issue,” NEA Higher Education Advocate, March 2014. Accessed at: www.nea.org/assets/
docs/HE/1403Advocate_whole_file.pdf.
Trumka, Richard. “Remarks by AFL-CIO President Richard L. Trumka, 2013 Conference on
New Models for Worker Representation, Chicago.” March 7, 2013. Accessed at: www.aflcio.
org/Press-Room/Speeches/Remarks-by-AFL-CIO-President-Richard-L.-Trumka-2013Conference-on-New-Models-for-Worker-Representation-Chicago.
—. “Statement by AFL-CIO President Richard Trumka On Occupy Wall Street.” October 5,
2011. Accessed at: www.aflcio.org/Press-Room/Press-Releases/Statement-by-AFL-CIOPresident-Richard-Trumka-On-O3.
Waterman, Peter. “Social Movement Unionism: A New Model for a New World Order?” Review
(Fernand Braudel Center), 1993: 245-278.
Wickens, Christine M. “The Organizational Impact of University Labor Unions.” Higher Education,
2008: 545-564.
62
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
Provocation in the Halls of
Academe: Bringing Piaget
and Vygotsky into the
University Classroom
by Dale Borman Fink
M
y Children’s Literature students arrive on the
first day of class to find seats arranged in clusters.
There is no syllabus to pick up but there are colored 3” x 5” cards with names printed on them, folded tent-style, and arrayed on
a table. I direct each student to find his or her own card and form groups to be
comprised of one student whose name is on a yellow card, two on green, and one
pink. They don’t realize it, but the color-coding ensures that each group is a heterogeneous mix of first-years through seniors.
Once seated, each group finds a copy of Goodnight Moon by Margaret Wise
Brown, and a handout to structure their activity for the next 30 to 40 minutes. I
walk around, welcome each student, and then leave the classroom for a few minutes. Many don’t even notice I’ve left, because they’re getting immersed in the
work; if they do notice, I hope it crosses their minds that their learning is proceeding very well without me.
When I return, I make the rounds, pausing briefly when I encounter a group
that appears thoroughly engaged and well-focused, and offering more intensive
support where needed. At least one group has inevitably finished the entire list of
guiding questions, way too fast, while one or two others haven’t advanced far at all.
Brief dialogue often reveals that some of these students are reluctant to contribute
Dale Borman Fink holds a an A.B. from Harvard, a Master’s in early childhood education from
Antioch University, and a Ph.D. in special education from the University of Illinois at UrbanaChampaign. Fink is associate professor at Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts, where he teaches
courses in early childhood education, special education, and children’s literature. Among his books
are Making a Place for Kids with Disabilities (2000) and a children’s book, Mr. Silver and
Mrs. Gold (1980).
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
63
because they’re worried that their ideas will seem puny, even embarrassing, when
the professor eventually delivers the “correct” interpretations. I choose portions
of the text or illustrations and coax them to simply articulate what they see. You
noticed that Brown uses rhymes (moon, balloon) but also words that don’t quite
rhyme (room)? That Clement Hurd’s bold color illustrations alternate with black
and white pages? Great! You are bringing exactly the kind of aesthetic sensibility
and attention to detail you will need throughout this course.
Before their instructor has provided a syllabus or spoken his first words to
the class as a whole, the students have immersed themselves in course content,
My ambition is not only to get students to think
about the subject matter I am presenting, but to get
them wondering about the role of learner and teacher.
exercised their aesthetic and intellectual chops, and begun to form bonds with
their peers. When we take up the guiding questions as a full class, students do
most of the talking. Some students contribute ideas I fed them during my floating consultations, but articulate them in their own words—and that works for
them and for me. I have relied on my knowledge and scholarship to prepare
the ground for the entire exercise. There is no need for me to dominate the
conversation.
TEACHING COLLEGE LIKE AN EARLY
CHILDHOOD EDUCATOR
One of the strategies favored by teachers of the Reggio Emilia preschools in
Italy is called provocation. These municipally operated infant-toddler and early
childhood centers, developed in northern Italy in the wake of World War II, have
inspired early childhood educators worldwide since the 1980s.1 When Reggio (or
Reggio-influenced) teachers arrange for young children to encounter novel materials, familiar materials displayed in a novel manner, or an unexpected change in
their environment, they call these provocations. They hope their young learners
will respond to the encounter with curiosity, excitement, questions—and most of
all, by having to think.
I love using provocations as part of my pedagogy in higher education. My
ambition is not only to get students to think about the subject matter I am presenting, but to get them wondering (though maybe not always consciously) about
the role of learner and teacher.
Most students arrive at the first meeting of a new course with the expectation
that they can be passive. They haven’t been assigned any reading yet, so how could
they be expected to participate actively? Experience has taught many of them that
64
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
P RO VO C AT IO N IN T H E H ALLS O F AC AD E M E: B RI N GI N G PI A GE T A N D V YG O TS K Y I N TO TH E U N I V E R S I TY CL A S S R O O M
the first class will be “organizational,” rather than content-focused. If they are
anticipating having to think at all, it is to ponder such questions as, “How many
papers will I have to write?” or “Is there anybody I know taking this class, someone
I can sit with?”
I surprise my students: I require them to participate actively. I disrupt their
plans to sit with a roommate or friend. The professor is in the background while
texts, websites, or other content are in the foreground. The first dialogue of the
semester is peer-to-peer, not professor-to-student. All of these, I hope, add up to
provocation—moving students from sedentary to high-alert.
I began working with preschool-aged children long
ago, and nearly every element of my approach to
teaching in higher education was rooted then.
The provocation can also take place before the first face-to-face meeting, or
in a class that is purely online. My website for an introductory class in special
education features a large photograph of Aaron Fotheringham upside down in a
wheelchair. Aaron was the first American to execute a wheelchair backflip off a
skating ramp. This image acts as an immediate provocation. What does it mean
to “have a disability” if a “person with disabilities” is engaging in such a daring,
exhilarating performance? Without the benefit of an instructor nearby, the image
provokes the student to pose important questions.
I began working with preschool-aged children long before I thought about
becoming a professor, and nearly every element of my approach to teaching in
higher education is rooted in early childhood theory and practice. In addition to
provocations, I seek to activate the “whole student,” promote peer supports, and
incorporate informal and authentic forms of assessment. In the upcoming pages,
I elaborate on each of these, after first explaining the origin of my commitment
to transform the college classroom into something more like an early childhood
setting.
UNSATISFYING ENCOUNTERS WITH “LEARNING”
IN THE IVY-COVERED HALLS
During my senior year as an undergraduate at Harvard, I began working at
the KLH Child Development Center, which opened in the late 1960s as one of
the first employer-sponsored childcare centers in the country. It was one subway
stop from Harvard Square, and drew its primary constituency from parents who
worked at local factories. Alternating my time between young children and college
students gave me an unusual opportunity to observe and contrast vastly different
approaches to education.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
65
In my college courses, the professors “taught” and the students took notes. In
lecture classes, which were the majority, faculty never knew my name, or whether
I was even there. A few stylized their discourse by toking on pipes or cigarettes,
and one chemist used to bound energetically up the steps of the lecture hall to
interact with anyone who raised his hand. But most professors remained behind
their podiums, did not encourage questions, did not use audio-visuals, nor encourage any kind of work with peers. In four years, I never experienced a student-led
presentation or a student-made poster. Professors evaluated our learning by two
methods: exams and papers.
Meanwhile, at the day care center, things were
very different. There was no waiting around for an
instructor to signal that learning was about to begin.
The tutorials and seminars were small, enabling those instructors to get to
know students. But even there, faculty relentlessly focused on printed texts: reading them, discussing them, and writing about them. “Learning,” when I was not
sitting in a classroom scribbling notes as keenly as possible, consisted of spending
long hours laboring alone in a library or a dorm room, struggling against the fear
of falling hopelessly behind
I was excited when an English professor of history included the Beatles album,
“Sergeant Pepper’s Lonely Hearts Club Band,” on our reading list. Peter Stansky’s
lecture on that text must have been compelling, because I can still recall the gist
of it: The “one and only Billy Shears” alluded to the traditional English music
hall, which symbolized the glory days of the British Empire. The Empire was in
decline, as illustrated by the plaintive lyrics of “She’s Leaving Home,” the minimalist aspirations of “When I’m 64,” and the rudderlessness of the political class,
as shown in “A Day in the Life” (“He blew his mind out in a car/He didn’t notice
that the lights had changed”).
What I recall as keenly as the brilliance of the lecture was the fact that it was
nothing but a lecture. There was no opportunity for students to develop, explain,
or defend our own interpretations of the lyrics, or even comment on Stansky’s
ideas. Moreover, the experience did not include listening to any of the audio
tracks.
Meanwhile, at the day care center, things were very different. Singing and
listening to music of many varieties were routine. There was no waiting around
for an instructor to step forward and signal that the learning was about to begin.
Teachers prepared the environment and set out materials but they were not the
focal points of the classroom. Once children hung up their coats, they began
66
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
P RO VO C AT IO N IN T H E H ALLS O F AC AD E M E: B RI N GI N G PI A GE T A N D V YG O TS K Y I N TO TH E U N I V E R S I TY CL A S S R O O M
interacting with peers and choosing activities, turning to teachers for support as
they deemed necessary.
Learning and teaching were not solitary but collaborative. All the teachers
worked in teams, and they communicated with each other daily as together they
guided young children to assimilate and master language, social skills, literacy,
science and math concepts. Helping each child to cultivate a strong, positive sense
of personal efficacy was treated as of equal importance to the mastering of specific
skills.
A few years later, I obtained a master’s degree in early childhood education,
Students do not assimilate or absorb knowledge by
having it handed over or explained by someone who
knows more. Rather, they construct knowledge.
and came to realize that the approach to learning I witnessed at KLH was not
unique. The ideas they put into action were consistent with a multi-generational
tradition of American “nursery education,” and supported by theorists like Dewey,
Piaget, and Montessori. According to this tradition and these theorists, students
do not assimilate or absorb knowledge by having it handed over or explained by
someone who knows more but rather, they construct knowledge. They do this
through hands-on engagement, using all their senses, and having opportunities to
fail over and over before arriving at a “correct” understanding.
During that first year at KLH, I did not yet have that background in early
childhood education. Yet over time, I began to believe that the teaching and learning I witnessed at the childcare center had a deeper, richer, and more authentic
quality than what I was experiencing at Harvard. I found myself perplexed. Why
did professors restrict themselves to such a limited repertoire of instructional
approaches? I could see that some concepts might best be explicated in a lecture,
but why such a disproportionate reliance on that single mode of instruction? Did
the phrase, “higher education” mean to separate and elevate knowledge acquired
through “higher” (i.e., intellectual) powers, while denigrating forms of knowledge
more tethered to one’s body, senses, social relationships, cultural context, or emotional development?
Decades passed. I became a faculty member in higher education, and I knew I
wanted to bring to my students better opportunities to think and learn than were
given to me as an undergraduate. I aimed to reach and engage their emotions,
their social interactions, their senses, even their need to physically get out of their
seats and move. I wanted them to be as eager in their learning as the children I
got to know at KLH.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
67
T h e p h o t o g rap h ( lef t )
i s f r o m a series t it led
Su rf a ce T e n s i o n s . T h e
ar t i s t i s M e g g an G o u ld ,
as s i s t ant pr o f e sso r, a t
t h e Uni v er sit y o f N e w
Me x i co . F o r mo re, visit
w w w . m eg g ang o uld .ne t .
68
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
P RO VO C AT IO N IN T H E H ALLS O F AC AD E M E: B RI N GI N G PI A GE T A N D V YG O TS K Y I N TO TH E U N I V E R S I TY CL A S S R O O M
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
69
TEACHING THE “WHOLE STUDENT”
In early childhood education, we call it “teaching the whole child.” Why
approach learners at other stages of life differently? My pedagogy intersperses
music, drawing, hands-on activities, physical movement, and structured social
interaction along with more commonly used formats such as printed text and
multimedia.
As I prepare for each class, I envision how much time students will spend
accessing various channels for learning. I find there is seldom any reason that “listening to prepared remarks” should take up more than 20 percent of a class, while
I find there is seldom any reason that “listening to
prepared remarks” should take up more than 20 percent of a class.
lecturing plus whole-group discussion need not exceed 50 percent. I constantly ask
myself: How can students discover, uncover, or construct knowledge about today’s
topic, rather than hearing about it from me?
How can a study of statistical tables—for example, the ones that annually
describe special education trends by state, school district, and so forth—become
a “whole student” activity? I find I can make the activity personal, independent,
interactive, and engaging simply by letting each student choose one state or city
and providing them with a list of questions. These web-savvy learners enjoy ferreting out the data—especially if they’ve chosen places they care about. It comes
naturally to the ones who finish first to support their peers. When we have a display of data that they have dug up and care about, I use this “numerical portrait”
to help them uncover some key underlying ideas and issues: the fluid definitions of
learning disabilities, the rapid increase in students with autism, the wide disparities between states.
PEER SUPPORTS
The legacy of Soviet theorist Lev Vygotsky to early childhood educators
around the world was to recognize that every learner has a “zone of proximal
development,” and that support targeted to that zone—just beyond what the
learner is able to achieve independently—will assist the learner in advancing to the
next stage more quickly than otherwise.2 When work with partners or small groups
is orchestrated thoughtfully, peer models can play as powerful a role in a university
classroom as their younger brothers and sisters do in a sandbox.
In all my classes, I create partnerships and small groups whose longevity
ranges from a few minutes to several weeks of collaboration. There is no blueprint
that guarantees the correct composition of a group, but I learned from my early
70
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
P RO VO C AT IO N IN T H E H ALLS O F AC AD E M E: B RI N GI N G PI A GE T A N D V YG O TS K Y I N TO TH E U N I V E R S I TY CL A S S R O O M
childhood background (Vygotsky again) that social context is a critical input to
any learning process. By taking responsibility for the way groups are formed, I
can more effectively advance the learning agenda. Also, I can subtly encourage
connections that cross generation, gender, ethnicity, and cultural backgrounds.
Toward the latter part of the semester, I do permit students to select their own
partners for certain kinds of projects. But by then, everyone has worked with a
variety of classmates.
One cannot simply place learners at any level into groups and expect that
good outcomes will naturally emerge. On the contrary: many students have told
One cannot simply place learners into groups and
expect good outcomes. On the contrary: many students
have terrible recollections of small-group work.
me they have terrible recollections of small-group work in high school and in
other college classes, mostly stemming from situations where more committed
students “did all the work.” Assigning roles within groups, defining those roles
clearly, requiring students to keep me posted about their progress, and having
students submit individual written reports in the aftermath of group presentations help me ensure that my students get the benefits of peer support while
avoiding the pitfalls.
When asking students to post and interact with their peers online, I similarly
create roles and structure. For example, I will designate one or more specific
students to be the first to comment on a reading. Everyone will eventually have
that responsibility. The first student has an earlier deadline than the others and a
different, more extensive rubric to follow, because the first post will build a framework for further class discussion.
INFORMAL AND AUTHENTIC ASSESSMENT
Educators of the youngest learners do not quiz for “right answers.” Rather,
they engage in dialogue and support their ability to discern and learn. In science,
for example, they help them to explore phenomena, look for patterns, make observations, generate and test hypotheses, make predictions, document their findings,
and share their insights with peers.3 As a faculty member in higher education, I
do not have as much freedom to let the learners set the agenda and the pace. But
I experiment every semester in hopes of moving the balance away from having my
students “jump through hoops” and toward spending their time in ways that are
meaningful to them.
One of my experiments has been to create assignments that are graded only
as “completed” or “not completed” and that require students to engage in dialogue
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
71
with me. For example, I have asked my education students to write about their
least favorite curriculum area. “What are your memories of this subject? Can you
think of a way to teach it—perhaps differently than it was taught to you--that
would be engaging for students and that you would enjoy?” Knowing that I will
write back to them with my own thoughts, but without any evaluative comments,
students understand that I am actually interested in their honest reflections.
Often, it requires a few assignments of this nature before students stop trying to
impress me, and begin trying to impress themselves.
Some faculty peg part of a course grade to “class participation.” I tried this,
Some faculty peg part of a course grade to “class
participation.” I tried this, until I realized that I
could not find a fair way to measure it.
until I realized that I could not find a fair way to measure it. I decided that
I should give college students the same respect I had always given younger
learners—to recognize that they acquire knowledge through myriad different
learning styles. Why reward or penalize a student for the learning and communication style that comes naturally to her or him? When it comes to whole-class
discussion, I work on spreading the participation around, signalling to some to
“hold onto your thoughts,” while asking to hear from “voices we have not yet
heard.” And I frequently call on students unsolicited. Of equal importance: most
of the questions I ask in class are open-ended. One of my early childhood mentors, Lilian Katz, used to say that you are insulting young children if you ask
them questions to which you already know the answer, because, “That is not a
dialogue; that is a test.”4
A related question I have asked myself is how to make papers meaningful and
authentic to the specific content area—not a repeated measure of whether someone is a capable and competent writer. My best strategy has been to ask students
to stop writing papers for me and write them for a different (imagined) audience,
perhaps a letter to a disgruntled parent. “Why is my daughter playing with marbles
and ramps when I come to pick her up?” the parent wants to know. “Is the teacher
too tired at the end of the day to work with her on her letters and numbers?” They
have to reference concepts we are studying, but contextualize them in concise and
jargon-free communication.
DO WE PASS ALONG WHAT IS KNOWN OR
SUPPORT STUDENTS IN GOING BEYOND?
Jean Piaget, the Swiss biologist who became one of the 20th century’s leading
child development theorists, divided education into two types—passive and active.
72
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
P RO VO C AT IO N IN T H E H ALLS O F AC AD E M E: B RI N GI N G PI A GE T A N D V YG O TS K Y I N TO TH E U N I V E R S I TY CL A S S R O O M
To choose, he explained, we must clarify our goal. “Must we shape children and
individuals who are simply capable of learning what is already known? To repeat
what has been acquired by the preceding generations? Or is it about shaping innovative, creative minds?”5
I had read Where the Wild Things Are a couple hundred times, browsed through
some secondary commentaries, and shepherded many classes through the iconic
work before “Rebecca” joined my course. I had cancelled the first class of the fall
due to a conflict, but in lieu of the opening class, I had given them an assignment:
to study Maurice Sendak’s most famous book and write a short paper or make a
Most students arrive in our classrooms with a set of
assumptions about schooling and assignments and
classrooms, forged through years of experience.
video on any element of the book that drew their attention. And there it was, from
a soft-spoken sophomore with dark, curly hair who had not yet had the benefit of
attending a single one of my classes: an unmistakably brilliant insight, right there
in her video, which she had shot using her laptop or phone in her dorm room.
She said that most kids around the age of the protagonist, Max, are into dogs or
cats, or maybe even more exotic animals like elephants. But the text and artwork
revealed that Max was wearing a “wolf suit.” A wolf, Rebecca commented, is
popularly known as a solitary animal, as in the phrase, “lone wolf,” thereby foreshadowing Max‘s solitary journey.
I had thought about the wolf suit as representing a boy who wanted to feel
strong and aggressive, but I had never thought about it as insightfully as Rebecca
had. I showed her video to the class and acknowledged that this student had found
meaning where I had overlooked it. I did not want them coming to this class to sit
there and absorb my knowledge and erudition. I was inviting them to bring their
critical faculties and to find their own unique ways to surpass me.
Young learners like the ones I worked with at KLH do not need a great deal
of prodding or encouragement to explore materials, express themselves artistically,
or articulate opinions. They assume—until socialized otherwise—that they are
entitled to their own ideas and even to their own learning agendas. With university students, it is not so simple. We encounter them after a long process of socialization. Most arrive in our classrooms with a set of assumptions forged through
years of experience, assumptions about schooling, assignments and classrooms and
that are incompatible with the meaningful and unbridled quest for learning.
Would you like to see some of those assumptions begin to unravel? Why not plan
a provocation?
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
73
ENDNOTES
1. Edwards et al., 100 Languages of Children.
2.Mooney, An Introduction to Dewey, Montessori, Erikson, Piaget, and Vygotsky, pp. 83-84.
3. Adapted from Neill, Real Science in Preschool: Here, There, and Everywhere, p. 10.
4. Spoken during a class I took with Dr. Katz at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
in 1995.
5. Films Media Group, “Piaget’s Developmental Theory: An Overview.” From the opening segment of the film. The English translations are my own, not those given in the subtitles.
WORKS CITED
Brown, Margaret Wise. 2007. Goodnight Moon. New York: HarperFestival.
Edwards, C., L. Gandini, L., and G. Foreman. 1993. 100 Languages of Children. Norwood, NJ:
Ablex Publishing Corporation.
Films Media Group. 1989. “Piaget’s Developmental Theory: An Overview.”
Mooney, C.G. 2000. An Introduction to Dewey, Montessori, Erikson, Piaget, and Vygotsky. St. Paul,
MN: Red Leaf Press.
Neill, P. 2008. Real Science in Preschool: Here, There, and Everywhere. Ypsilanti, MI: High/Scope
Press.
Sendak, Maurice. 2012. Where the Wild Things Are. New York: HarperCollins.
74
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
Brownbackistan
by Gregg Primo Ventello
E
very state in the U.S. has language in its constitution
guaranteeing to its citizens a free public education,
yet many states are failing to meet this fundamental
right. From New York to California, lawsuits have been brought against state
governors and legislatures who have not funded schools adequately. The field of
false prophets grows and sermons on “reform” and on improving “teacher quality”
only veil the very real problem of poverty as the source of students’ educational
failures. Swindlers blame teachers and unions, even going so far as to claim that
the schools are full of “excess and greed.” The founding American tenet
that a healthy democracy requires a free public education is being challenged, and Kansas may well be the frontline, with the New York Times
calling the state “the epicenter of a new battle over states’ obligation to
adequately fund public education.”
Last October, a New York Times editorial titled “Shortchanging Kansas
Schoolchildren” criticized Governor Sam Brownback and the Kansas State
Legislature. The Times editorial board wrote in support of a state court decision
to increase education funding in Kansas, and they distrusted the decision made
by Kansas lawmakers, after the state reported a boost in revenue, to create “huge
tax cuts” instead of restore school funding. Kansas education spending “has fallen
an estimated 16.5 percent since 2008, including $500 million in cuts under the
Brownback administration.”
Gregg Primo Ventello is is a professor of English at Kansas City Kansas Community College.
He is a 2014-2015 Fulbright Lecturer in Japan. His narrative essay “Das Schweinehund” was
recognized as a “Notable Essay” in The Best American Essays 2013, and his most recent fiction
appeared in the Spring 2014 issue of Consequence magazine..
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
75
D av i d Lo e w e nst e in is a mur alist , w rit er, a nd pri ntm aker based i n
La w r e nce , K ansas. F o r mo re, visit w w w . dav i dl oewenstei n. com .
76
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
BR O W N B A CK I S TA N
In response to this criticism, Brownback sent a letter to the New York Times in
which he wrote, “Kansas has great schools.” I was surprised to read it. I teach in
Kansas and, while it is true Kansas has strong schools, this is not the message that
has been conveyed in word or action by Governor Brownback, by his administration, or by the supermajority in the Kansas State Legislature. Instead, like officials
in many states, Brownback has taken the position that public education is wasteful
and inefficient.
It’s difficult not to conclude that the objectives of
Brownback and his cronies have been to
obstruct and suppress dissenting views.
WHEN IN DOUBT, CREATE A TASK FORCE
In September of 2012, Brownback established his School Efficiency Task
Force. “Inefficient spending impacts Kansas taxpayers,” he told the press. The
problem was that the task force had 10 initial appointees, none of whom worked
in education. Criticism forced Brownback to appoint an 11th member, a young
superintendent from Iola, who Brownback described as “open to new ideas.” Still,
the task force was curiously dominated by accountants whose most innovative idea
was to launch a website where anyone could anonymously report perceived inefficiencies. The task force was the precursor to the recently established K-12 Student
Performance and Efficiency Commission. Any hope that this new commission
might include people with expertise and open minds was quashed with the first
two appointees. Kansas House Speaker Ray Merrick selected the president and
CEO of the Kansas Chamber of Commerce, along with the president of the
Kansas Policy Institute, a conservative think tank. Neither man has any professional experience in K-12 education, nor has either been shy to share his preconceived agenda. From the outset, Governor Brownback has shown little interest in
the expertise of professional educators or in viewpoints contrary to his own.
Not only has the governor ignored expertise, but the Kansas Legislature is
working to silence it. Bills have been proposed to restrict teachers’ collective bargaining rights and to prohibit teachers from using an automatic payroll deduction
for paying association dues. With bills like these, along with bills that exempt
lawmakers from the Kansas Open Meetings Act, it’s difficult not to conclude that
the objectives of Brownback and his cronies have been to obstruct and suppress
dissenting views, to garner as much control as possible, and to protect themselves
from both public and judicial review.
Their most blatant attempt to circumvent the courts has been during the
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
77
on-going fight for school funding. In 2005 and 2006, the Kansas Supreme Court
ruled that the school finance system was unconstitutional and ordered the legislature to increase funding. The court’s ruling has not only remained unfulfilled, but
as the New York Times pointed out, Brownback has reduced funding and slashed
taxes.
Legislators found the judiciary even more meddlesome in January 2013 when
it ruled on a second lawsuit filed in 2010 by a coalition of school districts. A threejudge panel determined that the Kansas Legislature violated its constitutional
duty to provide suitable funding for public schools. In their 326-page opinion
A three-judge panel determined the Kansas
Legislature violated its constitutional duty to
provide suitable funding for public schools.
they wrote, “It seems completely illogical that the state can argue that a reduction
in education funding was necessitated by the downturn in the economy and the
state’s diminishing resources and at the same time cut taxes further, thereby reducing the sources of revenue on the basis of a hope that doing so will create a boost
to the state’s economy at some point in the future.”
In response, the legislature changed the way appellate judges were appointed.
They blocked Kansas Bar Association participation by eliminating the nine-member nominating commission who screened potential applicants before forwarding
to the governor three finalists from which to choose. Now, Brownback and the
legislature have sole authority to appoint judges at the appellate level. In addition,
they plan to amend the Kansas Constitution. First, they hope to abolish judiciary
oversight on school finance, guaranteeing that the legislature is the final word.
And second, they want the governor and the senate to have exclusive power to
appoint Supreme Court justices. Of course, they also appealed the 2013 decision
by the three-judge panel, and in anticipation of that ruling by the Kansas Supreme
Court, the behavior of some legislators was almost comical.
One lawmaker, Jerry Lunn, told state university officials to prepare for cuts to
higher education. He warned if the Supreme Court orders an increase in funding
for public schools, that the additional monies would be squeezed out of an already
parched university system. Lunn told Kansas University Chancellor Bernadette
Gray-Little, “You really do have a horse in this race” and suggested that she “talk
to [her] friendly Supreme Court justices.” In other words, a Kansas state official
encouraged the chancellor to commit the crime of trying to influence the decision
of a Supreme Court justice.
78
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
BR O W N B A CK I S TA N
COURT RULES, LEGISLATORS RETALIATE
The long-awaited Supreme Court ruling came in March. While the justices
did not rule on whether or not K-12 funding was adequate—remanding it back
to the three-judge panel to consider further—they did rule that current funding
was inequitable. They upheld the lower court’s decision that cuts made during
the Great Recession were in violation of the Kansas Constitution because they
inequitably affected low-income districts.
The legislature responded with House Bill 2506 increasing state funding to
poorer districts by $129 million. Included in the bill, however, came a host of con-
Because of Brownback’s massive tax cuts,
just where this money will come from is a mystery.
State tax revenue has plummeted.
troversial policy changes without warning or public hearing. HB 2506 eliminates
tenure for teachers, reduces services for at-risk students, allows people without
teaching degrees to teach math and science, and offers a tax credit to any business
offering a scholarship to a private school. Additionally, regardless of the $129
million, the new funding formula will result in the overall loss of funds for most
Kansas school districts. Outrage at HB 2506 was best expressed to legislators at a
forum where retired teacher Leota Coats stressed the importance of due process
rights for teachers. She reminded them that in 1980 she’d been fired for refusing to change the failing grade of a high school football star. “A winning football
team,” she said, “was more important than what was going on in my classroom.”
Coats fought her firing to the Kansas Supreme Court and was reinstated.
House Bill 2506 might satisfy the judiciary on the issue of equity, but the
question of adequacy is being deliberated by the three-judge panel for a second
time. It’s difficult to believe that their decision won’t align with previous rulings
ordering the state to increase K-12 funding by hundreds of millions of dollars.
However, because of Brownback’s massive tax cuts, just where this money will
come from is a mystery. State tax revenue for April, May, and June 2014 has
plummeted a total of $338 million below expectations, causing Moody’s Investors
Service to downgrade state bonds. Tax shortfalls and other indicators confirm
that Brownback’s economic policy is highly risky. Even Brownback’s Council of
Economic Advisors, for which he serves as chairman, issued a report showing that
Kansas is behind six states in the region in population, GDP, personal income,
private-industry wage level, and private business establishment. How did the governor respond to this news? His spokesperson said, “Kansas is closing the gap with
states in our surrounding region.”
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
79
HAS BROWNBACK HEARD OF KANSAS
PROGRESSIVISM?
Restructuring the tax system to benefit the rich, politicizing the appointment of judges, narrowing the bargaining rights and protections for teachers,
and enabling legislators to work behind closed doors are just a few examples of
how the Brownback administration and other state governments operate today.
They start from the paternalistic view that “management” will always be fair and
impartial, and they jettison the system of checks and balances to upset the balance of power in their favor. They carry on as if they have no historical perspec-
Has Sam Brownback never heard of Kansas
Progressivism? His brand of “trickle down” economics
is bankrupting the state.
tive or foresight. Do they believe that their successors will all be like-minded,
that every future legislature and governor will be of the same political persuasion?
Has Sam Brownback never heard of Kansas Progressivism? His brand of “trickle
down” economics is bankrupting the state, yet his brand of shortsightedness still
trickles down to some college administrators who do not understand or choose to
ignore the academic culture in which they work, and whose actions are attempts
to dismantle shared governance, to weaken the faculty association, and to turn
the teaching profession into a service industry. But worst of all, in their zeal for
“efficiency,” these types of administrators treat students like inventory.
Unlike government officials and school administrators in our state, Kansas
teachers have both foresight and historical perspective. This is one reason Kansas
schools are great, but also why we can’t help but notice the parallels between
Governor Brownback and a bygone leader. During the Great Depression,
Herbert Hoover could not free himself from the prevailing economic theory of
the Efficiency Movement of that era. Sam Brownback is on a similar trajectory.
Teachers know it, and Kansans are growing tired of being Brownback’s “real live
experiment,” as he described it on MSNBC’s Morning Joe. Unfortunately, some
Kansans have grown so tired that they’re leaving. A kind of exodus has started,
an outward migration according to the Census Bureau. Not only has this been
covered by the media, but it is also evident to me as I watch good people leave
Kansas, friends and colleagues, core faculty leaving or looking for work elsewhere.
Those who remain will continue to fight. As I write this, Kansas National
Education Association is preparing its legal challenge to House Bill 2506 and its
repeal of tenure. The troops are rallying because we know that Brownback’s first
priority is not Kansas, it’s his political career. We know that long after the current
governor is gone, we’ll all still be here doing what we know to be the best prac-
80
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
BR O W N B A CK I S TA N
tices. We’ll all still be teaching long after Brownback hits his inevitable political
nadir. It won’t be long before “Brownbackistan” takes its place alongside
“Hoovervilles” in the American lexicon. And, I look forward to teaching that.
ENDNOTES
1. Alex, “Christie calls for teachers’ union to forgo member dues.” During an appearance on
CNBC’s Squawk Box, New Jersey Governor Chris Christie said, “I love the public schools, but
the fact of the matter is there is excess and greed there.”
2. Sciarra and Henderson, “What’s the Matter With Kansas’ Schools?”
3. “Shortchanging Kansas Schoolchildren.”
4. “Brownback responds to NY Times.”
5. Rothschild, “Dems blast website seeking examples of school waste.”
6. Marso, “Brownback adds superintendent to schools task force.”
7. “Editorial: K-12 Agenda.”
8. “Editorial: What Meeting?”
9. Hancock, “Court: Kansas Legislature’s level of funding for schools unconstitutional.”
10. Rothschild, “GOP sounds alarm in school case,” p. 1A.
11. Lefler, “Teachers, supporters give Kansas Lawmakers an earful at legislative forum.”
12. “Kansas officials: June revenues miss mark by $28M.” Associated Press; Rothschild, “Moody’s
Investors Service downgrades state bonds, citing Kansas’ sluggish economy, tax cuts.”
Rothschild, “Economic report shows Kansas lagging in numerous categories of growth.”
The Council of Economic Advisors report can be found at www.kansascommerce.com/
DocumentCenter/View/4770. The six states Kansas was compared to include: Arkansas,
Colorado, Iowa, Missouri, Nebraska, and Oklahoma. National coverage includes, among many
others, Barro, “Yes, if You Cut Taxes, You Get Less Tax Revenue” and, Ingraham, “Tax cuts
in Kansas have cost the state money – and job creation’s been terrible.”
13. Rothschild, “Experts say tax plan ‘experiment’ will be difficult to measure,” pp. 1A, 2A.
14. Mann, “Census: More people moving out of Kansas than moving in.”
15. “Editorial: KU Loss,” and “KU professor and Lawrence school board member named dean of
Utah architecture school.”
16. Hancock, “KNEA still planning lawsuit over repeal of teacher tenure,” and Hancock, “Davis
calls for delay in further tax cuts.”
WORKS CITED
Alex, Patricia. 2010. “Christie calls for teachers’ union to forgo member dues.” North Jersey.com,
(April 13). Accessed at: www.northjersey.com/news/041310_Christie_calls_for_
teachers_union_to_forgo_member_dues.html.
Barro, Josh. 2014. “Yes, if You Cut Taxes, You Get Less Tax Revenue” New York Times, (June
27). Accessed at: www.nytimes.com/2014/06/29/upshot/kansas-tax-cut-leaves-brownbackwith-less-money.html?ref=business&_r=0
“Brownback responds to NY Times.” 2013. Lawrence Journal World, (October 30). Accessed at:
www2.ljworld.com/news/2013/oct/30/your-turn-brownback-responds-ny-times/.
“Editorial: KU Loss.” 2014. Lawrence Journal World, (May 23). Accessed at: www2.ljworld.com/
news/2014/may/23/editorial-ku-loss/.
“Editorial: K-12 Agenda.” 2014. Lawrence Journal World, (June 12). Accessed at: www2.ljworld.
com/news/2014/jun/12/editorial-k-12-agenda/.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
81
“Editorial: What Meeting?” 2013. Lawrence Journal World, (February 22). Accessed at: www2.
ljworld.com/news/2013/feb/22/editorial-what-meeting/
Hancock, Peter. 2013. “Court: Kansas Legislature’s level of funding for schools unconstitutional.”
Lawrence Journal World, (January 11). Accessed at: www2.ljworld.com/news/2013/jan/11/
court-rules-plaintiffs-school-finance-case/
Hancock, Peter. 2014. “Davis calls for delay in further tax cuts.” Lawrence Journal World, (July
1). Accessed at: www2.ljworld.com/news/2014/jun/30/davis-proposes-postponing-futurekansas-tax-cuts/
Hancock, Peter. 2014. “KNEA still planning lawsuit over repeal of teacher tenure.” Lawrence
Journal World, (July 1). Accessed at: www2.ljworld.com/news/2014/jul/01/knea-says-its-stillplanning-lawsuit/.
Ingraham, Christopher. 2014. “Tax cuts in Kansas have cost the state money – and job creation’s
been terrible.” Washington Post, (June 27). Accessed at: www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/wonkblog/wp/2014/06/27/tax-cuts-in-kansas-have-cost-the-state-money-and-jobs/.
“Kansas officials: June revenues miss mark by $28M.” 2014. Associated Press, KSN-TV. (June 30).
Accessed at: http://ksn.com/2014/06/30/state-to-release-tax-collections-numbers/.
“KU professor and Lawrence school board member named dean of Utah architecture school.” 2014.
Lawrence Journal World, (April 16). Accessed at: www2.ljworld.com/news/2014/apr/16/ kuarchitecture-professor-named-dean-utah-architec/.
Lefler, Dion. 2014. “Teachers, supporters give Kansas Lawmakers an earful at legislative forum.”
The Wichita Eagle, (April 28). Accessed at: www.kansas.com/2014/04/28/3428684/
teachers-supporters-give-lawmakers.html.
Mann, Fred. 2014. “Census: More people moving out of Kansas than moving in.” Kansas City
Star, (March 28). Accessed at: www.kansascity.com/news/local/article343447/Census-Morepeople-moving-out-of-Kansas-than-moving-in.html.
Marso, Andy. 2012. “Brownback adds superintendent to schools task force.” Topeka Capital
Journal, (October 17). Accessed at: cjonline.com/news/2012-10-17/brownback-addssuperintendent-schools-task-force.
Rothschild, Scott. 2012. “Dems blast website seeking examples of school waste.” Lawrence Journal
World, (October 19). Accessed at: www2.ljworld.com/news/2012/oct/19/dems-blast-websiteseeking-examples-school-waste/.
Rothschild, Scott. 2013. “GOP sounds alarm in school case.” Lawrence Journal World, (November 4).
Rothschild, Scott. 2014. “Economic report shows Kansas lagging in numerous categories of
growth.” Lawrence Journal World, (March 31). Accessed at: www2.ljworld.com/news/2014/
mar/31/economic-report-shows-kansas-lagging-numerous-cate/.
Rothschild, Scott. 2013. “Experts say tax plan ‘experiment’ will be difficult to measure.” Lawrence
Journal World, (November 24).
Rothschild, Scott. 2014. “Moody’s Investors Service downgrades state bonds, citing Kansas’ sluggish economy, tax cuts.” Lawrence Journal World, (May 1). Accessed at: www2.ljworld.com/
news/2014/may/01/bond-rating-agency-downgrades-state-bonds-cites-sl/.
Sciarra, David and Wade Henderson. 2014. “What’s the Matter With Kansas’ Schools?” New York
Times, (January 7). Accessed at: www.nytimes.com/2014/01/08/opinion/whats-the-matterwith-kansas-schools.html?_r=0.
“Shortchanging Kansas Schoolchildren.” 2013. New York Times, (October 13). Accessed at: www.
nytimes.com/2013/10/14/opinion/shortchanging-kansas-schoolchildren.html.
82
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
Spring Breaking
by Steve Wilson
Outside, the first cedar elm buds: green
inclinations, growing.
Edging the windbreaks,
a few scrubby tufts – of spring,
advance guard.
A ladder-back hammers away
at the neighbor’s bare sycamore.
Mornings breach our defenses.
Wild epiphanies haunt
the empty classrooms, the orderly rows,
at week’s end.
Arcs in air, our intentions
hurtle along
the hallways.
Steve Wilson’s poems have appeared in journals and anthologies nationwide. His most recent
collection is The Lost Seventh (2011). He teaches at Texas State University.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
83
84
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
Q&A with
Lily Eskelsen García
WITH MARY ELLEN FLANNERY,
THOUGHT & ACTION EDITOR
L
ily Eskelsen García, a former teacher of the year from
Utah, was elected president of the National Education
Assocation in July 2014. This fall, she sat down with
Thought & Action to share her thoughts on topics of higher education, ranging from
the student debt crisis to the “alarming attacks on the public good that is a quality
public university.”
T H O U G H T & A C T I O N : Let’s start the conversation with student debt,
a topic I know you care about a great deal. Forty million Americans owe more
than $1.2 trillion in student debt. In a recent conversation that you had with
U.S. Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-Mass.), the Senator characterized it as a national economic emergency.
E S K E L S E N G A R C Í A : When I graduated from the University of Utah, I
believe my tuition was $168 per semester. I had a federal National Direct Student
Loan, and I worked part-time, and I think that at the end of four years I might
have owed $4,000 or $5,000. I felt that the state system existed to make an investment in me.
Today students at the University of Utah, a public university, are paying more
than 40 times as much as I did — and it wasn’t that long ago!
Earlier this year, as part of NEA’s Degrees Not Debt campaign, I visited
California State University, Northridge and I met a young man, Jesse Sanchez,
president of Student California Teachers Association, who left a good-paying job
to return to college and become a teacher. Now Jesse Sanchez owes $65,000 in
student loans and he’s wondering if he made the right choice. What kind of country
have we become when somebody like Jesse Sanchez thinks he made a mistake in
going to college?
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
85
We need to return to the idea that it is a basic public good to have welleducated men and women in society. We need to make clear that state investments
in public higher education, in a system that is accessible and affordable, is not just
an investment in that individual but also an investment in the public good.
We have to demand that state lawmakers and governors reverse the 25-year
trend to disinvest in public higher education. We must demand that Congress pass
my fellow teacher Elizabeth Warren’s legislation that would allow borrowers to
refinance their student loans at lower interest rates, just like homeowners can do
with their mortgages. Why can’t young people do that? It doesn’t make sense. We
also must demand that Congress expand loan repayment and forgiveness programs,
and fully fund Pell Grants.
There’s so much we can do as activists. I want everybody reading this to go to
nea.org/degreesnotdebt and start working with me to get degrees not debt for our
students.
T H O U G H T & A C T I O N : Unfortunately, public investment in higher
education has decreased dramatically over the past decade, while those funds are
increasingly linked to “accountability systems…”
E S K E L S E N G A R C Í A : When you hear the discussion today, you can see how
the toxic corporate reform that K12 has experienced since No Child Left Behind
was passed in 2001 has infiltrated higher ed. You can turn on the television and you
can hear the President of the United States talk about how we need to measure the
‘bang for the buck’ that we’re getting from our state college or university. Hearing
that makes me cringe! Whenever they talk about ‘bang for the buck’ it comes down
86
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
Q &A W I TH L I L Y E S K E L S E N GA R CÍ A
to something you can measure, which is usually a standardized test in K12. In
higher ed I’m afraid ‘bang for the buck’ means how much money a graduate earns.
If you are at a university that puts out a lot of teachers, social workers, counselors, nurses, or other community-minded professionals, and by the way these are
usually women, well, those jobs don’t pay a lot of money. Would you say those jobs
are not a good ‘bang for your buck?’ Men who seem to have said that, and I say
men because whenever I see somebody with one of these ‘great’ ideas about reducing education to a number, I’m amazed at how often it’s men, think success looks
like money.
I’d like to see more men and women say that success looks like impact on the
life of a child or a family. Whenever somebody wants to boil it all down and put a
number or a dollar sign next to something that says education, we are missing the
point. We will destroy education in that way.
T H O U G H T & A C T I O N : So this sounds like common ground for K12
and higher ed!
E S K E L S E N G A R C Í A : For a union like ours, a union of educators from pre-
school to graduate school, there really is common ground in the battle against the
corrupting influence of standardization and the corporatization of public education.
But I would say that our higher ed brothers and sisters are the vanguard. They
are the front-line soldiers in this work. As much as we’ve seen it in K12, it actually
started in higher ed. Our higher ed brothers and sisters have been saying, ‘Here is
your community college, here is your state university, and our mission is to serve
you, the public,’ and here is this other world of for-profit higher education where
the mission is about bigger and bigger dollars. But when you look at the money in
the edu-businesses of higher ed, you will see that it is almost entirely public dollars.
Those students, because tuition is sky high at edu-business institutions, are almost
entirely funded through federal student loans and grants.
Consider this: If you’re a for-profit college, and you have this program that is
identical to the one offered by your nearby community college except that it costs
10 times as much money, and you also have friends who are political friends and
you can convince them that they need to invest less in public institutions, what do
you think happens? Do you think public funds to public institutions are cut? Do
you think tuition goes up at those public institutions? It will have to go up or you’ll
have to dramatically cut programs. You have to do something that will seriously
and detrimentally affect students. And as prices go up, the people who benefit
directly are the edu-businesses.
T H O U G H T & A C T I O N : Let’s talk about contingent faculty, and the
growing reliance of institutions on these underpaid, overworked educators.
E S K E L S E N G A R C Í A : Their pay and their job is security is so tenuous—
and that is by design. This is the factory corporate model: First you standardize
it, then you privatize it, and then you deprofessionalize it. What we’re seeing
happening to our contingent brothers and sisters is that deprofessionalization.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
87
If you’re somebody who wants to corporatize higher ed, who really has no
concern for quality, this system of contingent employment works perfectly for
you. Whether it’s a tenured professor who has academic freedom and the ability
to stay on campus and develop real relationships with students, or somebody we
pay minimum wage who has to leave campus as soon as class ends, the corporate
reformer think it’s all the same, right? They’re both warm bodies that can teach
a class—except one is a lot cheaper! Wrong, wrong, wrong. It is not all the same
to those educators, and it is especially not all the same to their students. It’s the
students who will suffer.
I remember when I walked into the College of Education at the University of
Utah, I had tenured faculty who had been there for their whole careers and also
younger faculty members moving along the tenure track. People were like, ‘did
you get Professor Buchanan! I loved him!’ These professors were like stars that we
hyperventilated over because they were that good. Now it’s just a prayer.
T H O U G H T & A C T I O N : No doubt you’ve heard that some NEA Higher
Ed members feel on the edges of their union. How do you see that changing?
E S K E L S E N G A R C Í A : When I have worked with higher ed members on
different membership committees and on other work here at NEA, they all say
the same thing: They say we want NEA recognized as an advocate and a voice for
higher education. We can’t just be talking about K12 issues.
The good news is that the bad news has propelled us to look at all of education
and all educators as a public good, as a public trust. We’re all under attack, and
whether that’s by naïve people or by sinister people, the results will be the same —
students won’t get what they need. We need to stand by side to stop it.
88
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
SPECIAL FOCUS
The Business
of
Education
How Do We Stop It?
Strategies for Pushing
Back Corporate U.
by David Bordelon
T
he thought on many an academic’s mind today is
how to stop it. The “it”? The barrage of reports,
papers, and interviews stating that higher education
needs to embrace “disruptive change,” treat students like customers, and become
more entrepreneurial. In short, colleges must adopt a business model, or like
blacksmith shops in the age of automobiles, find themselves mere curios, quaint but
outmoded heritage industries. This attack comes from all quarters: government,
think tanks, even from within the academy itself.1
The response of academics generally takes two paths: indignation or resignation. Just read the online comments after one of Thomas Friedman’s op-ed
takedowns of higher education, “Revolution Hits the Universities,” or the latest
Chronicle of Higher Education effusion patiently explaining how “How Disruption
Can Help Colleges Thrive,” to see the richness and depth of academics’ critique
of flawed arguments.2 The problem is we’re fighting a rearguard battle, trying to
argue rationally where an ideology of “business first” already has been established.
And with papers to grade, research to complete, and articles to write, we end up
complaining to each other in the hallways, sighing and shrugging, and then getting back to the real work of academia. In the meantime, “it” rolls on, powered by
think tanks, policy wonks, and college administrators with time to kill.
But as the ranks of full-time faculty steadily shrink, and the ranks of adjuncts
and administrators rise, it’s clear that inaction will lead to a race to the bottom.3
David Bordelon is an associate professor of English at Ocean County College in Toms River,
New Jersey, where he teaches a variety of composition and literature courses. His scholarship
focuses on 19h century American literature with an emphasis on print culture. As the president
of the Faculty Association of Ocean County College (faocc.org), he is putting to practice what
he preaches.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
91
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
And no one wants to be the last professor cast out of Corporate U.
So what’s the plan? How can faculty stem the “business as usual” tide that
permeates so much of the discourse in higher education today?
What follows are a series of suggestions gleaned from research on higher education trends, education, and psychology. Most will be familiar—they are things
academics know we should do. Collected together they seem less formidable: a
way to shift from a shrug to action. And that is what is needed now: action. The
suggestions that follow can be grouped into three broad, easy-to-recall categories:
(1) information, (2) communication, (3) determination.
So what’s the plan? How can faculty stem the
“business as usual” tide that permeates so much of the
discourse in higher education today?
INFORMATION
Public discussion about the future of higher education abounds with confusions of purpose, faulty cause and effect, straw men arguments, and false analogies.
What’s needed is specific, accurate information to reshape a mental landscape that
has been distorted with the discourse and mental armature of the corporate world.
“Credentialing.” “Silos.” “Stakeholders.” “Branding.” This is what now passes as
cogent thinking about higher education. Oddly, despite the recent track record of
business in America, these metaphors have somehow captured the imagination
of many interested in post-secondary education.4 While it’s easy for academics
to dismiss this as the blather of business, the words used to frame discussions
about college matter because, as Neil Postman observed in his prescient The End
of Education, “A metaphor is not an ornament. It is an organ of perception.”5
The ramifications for education are many. As Postman suggests, “Are [students]
patients to be cared for? Troops to be disciplined? Sons and daughters to be
nurtured? Personnel to be trained? Resources to be developed?”6 Given the entrepreneurial bent of the actors currently strutting on the higher education stage, it’s
clear they believe students are resources to be exploited: walking wallets. Luckily
for academics—and students—the most common arguments invoked to describe
college as a business can be easily refuted.
Information: Delivery v. Education
Delivery of content and education are not the same thing, and yet their conflation forms the basis of many misperceptions in higher education today. For example, The Chronicle’s Jeffery Selingo argues in College Unbound that the core purpose
92
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
H O W D O W E S TO P I T? S TR A TE GI E S F O R PU S H I N G B A CK CO RPO R A TE U.
of college is “information delivery.”7 Disproving this canard entails a simple explanation of the difference between delivery and learning. Yes, information can be
“delivered,” but multiple modes of information isn’t new at all: remember lectures,
books, tele-courses, and the Great Courses audio and DVD series? If delivery was
truly at the core of education, Gutenberg nailed the coffin shut on innovation in
the 15th century. Print, whether on paper or pixels, can easily provide much of the
information delivered on campus.
The problem with Selingo’s argument is that the purpose of college is education, and actual education doesn’t occur on the page or online. It’s what stu-
If delivery was truly at the core of education,
Gutenberg nailed the coffin shut on innovation in the
15th century.
dents do with information that results in “higher” learning. What skills do they
develop? Can they take existing information and make it into something new?
Noam Chomsky offers a challenge to the ideology of education as content, noting that the purpose of college isn’t “to pour information into somebody’s head
which will then leak out.”8 Instead it should “enable [students] to become creative,
independent people who can find excitement in discovery and creation and creativity at whatever level or in whatever domain their interests carry them.”9 The
true “disruption” isn’t education itself, it’s in how material and instruction can be
presented.
Exhibit A in the confusion between delivery and education are massive,
open, online courses, or MOOCs. With their elimination of pesky faculty and
emphasis on a star system of professors (think Harvard, think branding), MOOCs
best represent the latest iteration of Corporate U. Pro-business pundits such as
Friedman, with his usual breathless ardor, write that “nothing has more potential to enable us to reimagine higher education than the massive open online
course, or MOOC, platforms that are being developed by the likes of Stanford
and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and companies like Coursera and
Udacity.”10 Given his embrace of all things entrepreneurial, it’s no surprise that
Selingo, who like Friedman believes that “American higher education has lost its
way,” sees MOOCs as the “turning point” in the current “revolution” sweeping
higher ed.11 In the summer of 2011, Teresa Sullivan, president of the University
of Virginia, discovered the hard way the revolutionary power MOOCs hold over
the unenlightened. Her board of trustees fell under the sway of Freidman’s gospel
of technology and forced her to resign because they felt she wasn’t moving quickly
enough to join the open course bandwagon with Harvard and Stanford.12 But
those preaching the MOOC gospel have been presented with evidence that theirs
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
93
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
is a false god. The latest data from the MOOC Research Initiative, a Bill and
Melinda Gates cheering squad for all things MOOC, shows that from student
persistence to academic quality, they fail to live up to their hype.13
The acolytes of the tech gods seem to forget that a major part of education
involves feedback from people with a deep understanding of the field of knowledge under discussion. And who will provide this feedback? Who will stand in
the labs, showing students the subtle differences between a Pseudomonas aeruginosa
and a Pseudomonas fluorescens? Or sit in an office patiently explaining why a more
specific example from The Things They Carried is needed to show that it is really
At its most basic level, the customer analogy doesn’t
work. Students don’t buy credits; they earn them.
Education is not a simple transaction.
a love story? Or provide suggestions on the draft of an essay weighing the differences between the Chicago and behavioral school economists? That’s where the
carbon-based delivery system—a teacher—comes in.
Information: Students are not Customers
More than 10 years ago, West Virginia’s Higher Education Chancellor J.
Michael Mullen voiced the concern of the business-minded: “But if institutions
don’t treat students as customers, it’s possible that they’ll take their nickels and
dimes somewhere else.”14 This idea, that students are consumers, not learners,
has become one of the most pernicious aspects of the businessification of higher
education. It reduces the faculty/student relationship to the profit motive. One
obvious problem with this logic is that there are many other models to adopt. Why
not an apprentice model? An intern model? Or the teacher/student model which
has existed for ages?
At its most basic level, the customer analogy doesn’t work. Students don’t buy
credits; they earn them. Education, resisting the pressure for efficiency dictated
by the marketplace, is not a simple transaction. Learning is a complicated mental
and physical process involving information, demonstration of skills, feedback, persistence, assessment, and mental change, most of which is intangible. No matter
how hard businesses try, it cannot be placed in a shopping bag or online cart. Yes,
it can be paid for, but that still doesn’t make students customers. Instead it signals
a desire on the part of students to enter the world of academics, a place where the
“customer” is explicitly not always right. Indeed, that realization is an important
part of the learning process.
And realistically, do students really want to be treated like customers by their
professors? Do they want a “would you like fries with that?” mentality governing
their education? To reduce students to customers is to reduce education to a cash
94
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
H O W D O W E S TO P I T? S TR A TE GI E S F O R PU S H I N G B A CK CO RPO R A TE U.
transaction. Should colleges and faculty treat students as dollar signs or as people
interested in learning and mental growth? We can point to the recent catastrophe
of the financial industry to see how “clients” or “customers” are treated when they
are viewed, to borrow the words of Chancellor Mullen, as so many “nickels and
dimes.”
Information: Education is not a Commodity
Closely connected to the student-as-customer fallacy is the notion that edu-
The hope of entrepreneurs is that education can be
commodified and packaged into an online pellet,
much like Willy Wonka’s dream of a meal in a pill.
cation is a commodity, like pork bellies or wheat futures. This fits nicely into a
corporate model where student learning is just like any other product, something
to be quantified, packaged, and then sold at a profit. This confusion is understandable. Books are a commodity. Classrooms are a commodity. Laptops are
a commodity. Even the labor of teaching is a kind of commodity. All of these
contribute to learning, but they are not education itself.
The hope of entrepreneurs is that education can be commodified and packaged into an online pellet, much like Willy Wonka’s dream of a meal in a pill. For
them, it’s all about monetizing: start with an initial investment, and then sit back
and wait for high returns to a small group of investors. This dream is coming to
fruition through the efforts of publishers such as Pearson and Kaplan, who offer
packages of “modules” designed to “teach” students.15 A market cycle is created
when these “products” are then proselytized in advertisements masquerading as
scholarship.16 But higher learning is not an MP3 file or a bit or pixel. Yes, students can register and pay online for a course; yes, they can get “content” online,
but because a life of the mind is ephemeral, education cannot be transferred and
sold to the highest bidder. While the actual desire for education is subject to the
laws of supply and demand and income (is there an opening at College X? Can I
afford the tuition?), education itself is determined and limited by factors such as
individual interests, skills, and temperament, and thus doesn’t lend itself easily to
a symbol to be tracked on the Dow ticker. Of course the University of Phoenix’s
profits can be tracked and reported in the Wall Street Journal, but again, that’s the
business side of education, not education itself.
Information: Follow the Money
The real disruption at play here is economic. While politicians and others
preach the importance of higher education and worry about America’s ability to
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
95
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
Th i s p ai nt i ng i s by Sib el Ko c ab asi, an ad junct f acul ty m em ber at Pal m Beach Sta te
Co l l e ge i n Fl o ri d a. F o r mo re o f her w o rk, vi si t si bel kocabasi . com .
96
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
H O W D O W E S TO P I T? S TR A TE GI E S F O R PU S H I N G B A CK CO RPO R A TE U.
compete in global markets, they don’t want to pay for it. In 2008, for instance,
the chancellor of the University of Tennessee proposed that the state’s higher
education institutions adopt a “business model” to compensate for a “projected
20 percent cut in state funding.”17 The disruptive force here involved the elimination of teachers from the educational model; students willing to “work online
with no direct support from a faculty member” would receive a tuition discount.18
Eliminating the teacher from the course, however, is merely a symptom of the
larger social disease: the problem is less a crisis of funding than of priority. While
the public clamors for college for all, it balks at the costs such an effort entails.19
The worship of business ideology, and its concomitant
love of management, leads to a trickle-down effect on
campuses, which are now awash with consultants...
The math is clear: between 1985 and 2010, the ratio of funds for public institutions was reversed, with state or public funds dropping from two- to one-third of
institutional revenues, while tuition rose from one- to two-thirds.20
The calls among college trustees and administrators for a business model follow a predictable pattern; the people leading the charge are seldom those providing (teachers) or receiving (students) the education. Trustees, often chosen from
the ranks of successful business people in the hope of donational largesse, are more
enamored with the pages of the Wall Street Journal than the New York Review of
Books. For example, the board that orchestrated the ouster of Teresa Sullivan,
headed by real estate developer Helen Dragas, resorted to business-speak to
describe the problem at the University of Virginia: it needed “systemic restructuring,” code words for firing people and bringing in new bodies.21 More generally,
they are often connected to pro-business think tanks or political parties that stand
to gain from a pro-business approach. Benjamin Ginsberg reports that some board
members “make insider deals in which the institution purchases goods, services,
or property from companies linked to their board members.”22 As such, they stand
to financially benefit by diverting some of the funds from the cash cow that is
higher education into their own coffers. This worship of business ideology, and
its concomitant love of management, leads to a trickle-down effect on campuses,
which are now awash with consultants, administrators, and support staff. The
New England Center for Investigative Journalism recently published a report that
provides a number to a phenomena most of us have noticed on campuses: administrative and professional staff levels have increased by more than half over the last
25 years.23 This is all at the expense of faculty, the personnel with whom students
have the most contact.
A more direct point to address is the shift from full- to part-time teachers.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
97
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
In 1975, part-timers made up 43.2 percent of faculty; by 2011, the number was
70.2 percent.24 And the word choice is important here: part-time, not contingent.
Teachers, not faculty. This more direct language communicates more clearly to
the public what is at stake: time and teaching. Do students want teachers who are
harried and running from school to school trying to patch together a lower-middle
class life? Or do they want a stable, engaged faculty interested in maintaining
long-term contact with them? Do employers and taxpayers want teachers who are
“incentivized” to please students with an “easy A” due to fear of non-renewal? Or
do they want tenured full-time faculty who are free to provide an academically
Their message boils down to a slogan ready-made for
a public looking for someone to blame: education in
America sucks because teachers have too much power.
rigorous education?25
These questions all point to the damage visited upon colleges when an education based on money instead of instruction is the rule. Caveat emptor, indeed.
COMMUNICATION
While this pool of information is helpful, faculty can’t just talk to themselves.
Communication with the public is the necessary next step. Unfortunately, there’s
an established narrative peddled by media darlings such as ex-Washington D.C.
School Chancellor Michelle Rhee and the various anti-union groups associated
with the billionaire, right-wing Koch brothers. Their message boils down to a slogan ready-made for a public looking for someone to blame: education in American
sucks because teachers have too much power. They suggest it’s time to clean up
Dodge and treat it like any other industry: “Let the experts take over and all will
be well.” Unsurprisingly, their “experts” tout a corporate agenda.
But this default turn to “business as savior” provides a weakness that can
be readily exploited. Working to our advantage is the public respect—alone, it
appears, among major institutions—that higher education possesses. A 2011
Lumina/Gallup poll found that 70 percent of Americans are satisfied with the
“quality of American colleges and universities.”26 In the same year, a Gallup survey
on confidence found that “Big Business” could only muster a 19 percent approval
rating.27 Obviously, those fighting Corporate U. would have a willing audience.
What should we say to them? For starters, we need to expose the fallacies regarding education and business (noted above), and then connect them to the lack of
trust in corporations.
Here we can borrow a lesson from the masters of coercive messaging and
branding: corporate America. But this poses an immediate problem. How to get a
group of people trained to think independently—the professoriate—to present the
98
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
H O W D O W E S TO P I T? S TR A TE GI E S F O R PU S H I N G B A CK CO RPO R A TE U.
cohesive front necessary for a messaging campaign? One way is to appeal to our
innate desire to educate. The public has been sold a false bill of goods, providing
us with a “teaching moment.” How to address this moment, as academics are well
aware, varies depending on the audience. For campus consumption, the Princeton
economist Daniel Kahneman offers a dense but cogent discourse. His language,
and the theories behind it, including “affect heuristic,” “availability cascade,” and
“planning fallacy,” are drawn from a wealth of cognitive research, and can be used
to combat the errors in the college-is-failing-so-we-need-to-turn-to-businessfor-help line of thinking.28
Words matter. Workers. Teachers. Students.
Overpaid administrators. Out-of-touch trustees.
Full time. Part time. Profit motive.
For the general public, frame the issue by appealing to prevailing anxieties
about stagnant wages for workers (the 99 percent), rising salaries for administrators (the 1 percent), and the exploitation of students who pay full tuition for
part-time workers. As noted earlier, words matter. Workers. Teachers. Students.
Overpaid administrators. Out-of-touch trustees. Full time. Part time. Profit
motive. These words and phrases can move the debate, making it part of the growing discontent with the corporatization of America.
But directly refuting the party lines—delivery is not education; students are
not consumers; education is not a commodity; beware of corporate influence—is
not enough. What we need is a narrative shift from a disruptive to academic view
of higher education. This shift is crucial because it negates the caricature of faculty
as out of touch and motivated by mere self-interest.29 Faculty must focus on what
they understand: education. To that end, Andrew Delbanco provides a list of the
“qualities of mind” which can serve as a template for a more positive, less defensive
narrative on the meaning and purpose of college. He writes that it should provide:
A skeptical discontent with the present, informed by a sense of the past.
The ability to make connections among seemingly disparate phenomena.
ppreciation of the natural world, enhanced by knowledge of science and the
A
arts.
A willingness to imagine experience from perspectives other than one’s own.
A sense of ethical responsibility.30
While this can—and will—be amended by individual faculty, such a list should
be part of an academic’s rhetorical arsenal. Its appeal lies in its inviolability: who
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
99
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
would disagree with any of these ideas? And that is what is needed, an endorsement of an authentic college education, with its compassion and rigor intact,
unmediated by the profit motive.
Of course digital media provides a ready and inexpensive platform for dissemination of these ideas. A website with a collection of budget documents from specific schools detailing the millions of dollars spent on consultants, administrative
salaries, and retreats can open the eyes of taxpayers ready to pounce on fiscal mismanagement. Blog posts, tweets, or letters to the editor can provide an intelligent
and sustained counter narrative to the prevailing gospel of disruption, and spread
the good word about the need for genuine higher education. With an emphasis on
the positive, faculty can explain how a business-first agenda is antithetical to true
education. And if trustees turn a deaf ear to faculty concerns, go right up the food
chain to local, state, and federal government officials, with appropriately pitched
messages to each. While trustees may not listen to faculty, they do respond to
political pressure: faculty need to start pressing the appropriate buttons.
More direct action can help as well. Picket lines remain an effective way to get
media attention: video loves a protest. The key is to remain on message. For this
kind of action, designed for public consumption, participants should agree and
prepare two or three talking points—­and be ready to direct journalists or potential allies to websites with additional information. Collecting e-mail addresses,
Twitter accounts, and mobile phone numbers for text blasts can expand communication networks beyond the confines of a campus. Students are often interested
in pushing back against corporate agendas as well. At UVA, students protested
Sullivan’s ouster by spray painting G-R-E-E-D on the colonial-era columns of
the rotunda.31 For a nation in thrall of spectacle, such actions are tailor-made to
focus attention, and once attention is gained, faculty can do what they do best:
instruct.
DETERMINATION
But to be blunt, we face a long haul. Faculty now find themselves tasked with
explaining the reality of college education to an audience conditioned to accept a
myth. At times this will seem like a Sisyphean ordeal. We must prepare to be discouraged and to lose many battles but, also, ultimately to win the war. (Given how
beleaguered most faculty feel, military metaphors are inevitable). Those who see
college as a business have one thing in their favor: money, and the time and energy
it can buy. They can write (or more likely, hire ghostwriters to write) propagandist
reports, shift funding, attend meetings and retreats with like-minded people, all
to further their agenda. Meanwhile, those who actually do the “business” of college are too busy preparing lessons, keeping abreast of the latest research, grading
papers, or teaching in a classroom to explain the obvious: college exists for the
education of students, not the predations of business.
Yet there are victories we should celebrate and look to for instruction.
President Sullivan’s victory over the UVA board is a sign that, with a united front,
the rush for corporatization can be stemmed, and more thoughtful and measured
100
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
H O W D O W E S TO P I T? S TR A TE GI E S F O R PU S H I N G B A CK CO RPO R A TE U.
thinking about college administration and instruction can be maintained. A number of recent editorials in the New York Times criticizing the rise of administration
and the growth of part-time faculty demonstrate that the problems of “it” are no
longer solely the province of campus hallway conversations.32
Faculty need to add their voices to the long continuum of American resistance
to domination by the powerful. We need to follow the example of that icon of
prickly intelligence, Henry David Thoreau, whose “Civil Disobedience” offers a
philosophy well-suited to the avocational nature of teaching: “Let your life be a
counter-friction to stop the machine.”33
Yes, it’s time to apply counter friction. It’s time to stop it.
ENDNOTES
1. Cf. “A Test of Leadership: Charting the Future of U.S. Higher Education,” a report from the
Bush administration’s Secretary of Education Margaret Spelling, Obama’s various “Race to the
Top” initiatives, and from the academy, Christensen and Eyring The Innovative University:
Changing the DNA of Higher Education from the Inside Out.
2. For Friedman, the disruption is centered around online course delivery. In addition to
“Revolution,” see his “Come the Revolution,” “Breakfast Before the MOOC, ” and “The
Professors’ Big Stage.” Christensen and Horn, “How Disruption Can Help Colleges Thrive.”
For an excellent rebuttal of the change agenda, see Lepore, “The Disruption Machine.”
3. Contingent faculty made up 75.5 percent of the total in 2009. See “A Portrait of Part-Time
Faculty Members,” The Coalition on the Academic Workforce. For administrators, see
Marcus, “New Analysis Shows Problematic Boom In Higher Ed Administrators.”
4. The recent track record is best exemplified by the 2008 banking crisis and resistance to any
regulatory change that could prevent it from occurring again.
5.Postman, The End of Education: Redefining the Value of School, p. 145.
6. Ibid., p. 145.
7.Selingo, College Unbound: The Future of Higher Education and What It Means for Students.
8. Noam Chomsky, “How Higher Education Ought to Be: On Academic Labor.”
9. Ibid.
10. “Revolution Hits the Universities.” New York Times.
11.Selingo, College Unbound.
12. Rice, “Anatomy of a Campus Coup.” After pressure from both within and without the university, they rehired her.
13. Straumsheim, “Confirming the MOOC Myth.”
14. “W. Va. Higher Ed Plan Emphasizes Students As Customers, State’s Economy,” Community
College Week.
15. Pianko and Jarrett, “Early Days of a Growing Trend: Nonprofit/For-Profit Academic
Partnerships in Higher Education.” Game Changers: Education and Information Technologies,
in which this essay appears, is published by Educause “with generous support from Ellucian”
(n.p.), seems less a rigorous, peer reviewed examination of an issue than a 402 page puff piece
for various companies to shill their digital wares. Ellucian, an IT provider for many colleges,
promises to “deliver a broad portfolio of technology solutions, developed in collaboration with
a global education community, and provide strategic guidance to help education institutions of
all kinds navigate change, achieve greater transparency, and drive efficiencies” (“About”). See
also Pearson’s advertisement “Online.” Tellingly, this is from a section aimed at “Academic
Executives,” not faculty.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
101
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
16. Game Changers is emblematic of similar collections that offer a way for IT staff (along with a
few faculty converts) to gain academic credibility by “publishing” the work they are paid to do,
often in conjunction (and sometimes funded by) the very corporate entity they are praising.
More ominously, given its placement in The Chronicle (a supposedly more objective venue),
consider “Disruption is Good,” an “essay” with the caveat “Information provided by Canvas
by Instructure,” praising technology as a kind of digital Shiva: both destroyer and creator. Is it
an advertisement? An essay? The Chronicle web site keeps it ambiguous. These incursions into
“scholarly” publications suggest how deeply corporate propaganda has infiltrated higher education.
17. Quoted in Benjamin Ginsberg, The Fall of the Faculty.
18. Ibid.
19. For an excellent overview on the negative feedback cycle of politics, economics, and higher
education, see Fischer and Stripling “An Era of Neglect.”
20. Rampell, “Where the Jobs Are, the Training May Not Be.”
21. Rice, “Anatomy of a Campus Coup.”
22.Ginsberg, The Fall of the Faculty.
23. Marcus, “New Analysis Shows Problematic Boom In Higher Ed Administrators.”
24. “Trends Table,” Resources on Contingent Appointments, American Association of University
Professors.
25. For a review of the literature on the effectiveness of part time teachers, see Ochoa “Contingent
Faculty: Helping Or Harming Students?”
26. “Lumina Foundation/Gallup Poll 2011 Higher Education,” Gallup.
27. “Confidence in Institutions,” Gallup.
28.Kahneman, Thinking, Fast and Slow.
29. For an amusing example of this view, see Schram, “Ivory Tower Eggheads to Monitor Stop
and Frisk.” The article reports on a judicial decision ordering academic oversight of New York
City’s Stop and Frisk policy. The title photo—a bespectacled and befuddled looking man in
a suit and mortar board hat—and opening line, “A panel of 13 Ivory Tower eggheads,” are
caricatures in themselves.
30.Delbanco, College: What it is, was, and should be.
31. Rice, “Anatomy of a Campus Coup.”
32. Cf. the editorials “The New College Campus,” “The Trouble with Online College,” and Lewin’s
“After Setbacks, Online Courses Are Rethought.” Lepore’s “The Disruption Machine,” op cit,
is another recent push back against “it.”
33. Thoreau, “Civil Disobedience,” p. 234.
WORKS CITED
“About Us.” 2014. Ellucian (February 21). Accessed at: www.ellucian.com/About-Us/.
Christensen, Clayton M. and Henry J. Eyring. 2011. The Innovative University: Changing the DNA
of Higher Education from the Inside Out. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Christensen, Clayton M. and Michael B. Horn. 2013. “How Disruption Can Help Colleges
Thrive.” The Chronicle of Higher Education (September 30). Accessed at: http://chronicle.com/
article/How-Disruption-Can-Help-/141873/.
Chomsky, Noam. 2014. “How Higher Education Ought to Be: On Academic Labor.”
Counterpunch (28 February–2 March). Accessed at: www.counterpunch.org/2014/02/28/
on-academic-labor/.
“Confidence in Institutions.” 2014. Gallup (March 2). Accessed at: www.gallup.com/poll/1597/
confidence-institutions.aspx#1.
102
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
H O W D O W E S TO P I T? S TR A TE GI E S F O R PU S H I N G B A CK CO RPO R A TE U.
Delbanco, Andrew. 2012. College: What it is, was, and should be. Princeton: Princeton UP, (Kindle
e-book).
“Disruption is Good.” 2014. The Chronicle of Higher Education (September 23). Accessed at: http://
chronicle.com/article/Disruption-is-Good/141825/.
Fischer, Karin and Jack Stripling. 2014. “An Era of Neglect.” The Chronicle of Higher Education
March 3). http://chronicle.com/article/An-Era-of-Neglect/145045/.
Friedman, Thomas. 2014. “Breakfast Before the MOOC.” The New York Times (February 18).
Accessed at: www.nytimes.com/2014/02/19/opinion/friedman-breakfast-before-the-mooc.
html.
Friedman, Thomas. 2012. “Come the Revolution.” The New York Times (May 15). Accessed at:
www.nytimes.com/2012/05/16/opinion/friedman-come-the-revolution.html.
Friedman, Thomas. 2013. “Revolution Hits the Universities.” The New York Times (January 26).
Accessed at: www.nytimes.com/2013/01/27/opinion/sunday/friedman-revolution-hits-theuniversities.html.
Friedman, Thomas. 2013. “The Professors’ Big Stage.” The New York Times (March 5). Accessed at:
www.nytimes.com/2013/03/06/opinion/friedman-the-professors-big-stage.html.
Ginsberg, Benjamin. 2014. The Fall of the Faculty. New York: OUP, (Kindle e-book).
“The Just-in-Time Professor.” 2014. House Committee on Education and the Workforce
Democratic Staff. (January). Accessed at: http://democrats.edworkforce.house.gov/sites/
democrats.edworkforce.house.gov/files/documents/1.24.14-AdjunctEforumReport.pdf.
Kahneman, Daniel. 2013. Thinking, Fast and Slow. New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux.
Lepore, Jill. 2014. “The Disruption Machine.” The New Yorker (June 23). Accessed at:
www.newyorker.com/magazine/2014/06/23/the-disruption-machine?currentPage=all.
Lewin, Tamar. 2013. “After Setbacks, Online Courses Are Rethought.” The New York Times
(December 10). Accessed at: www.nytimes.com/2013/12/11/us/after-setbacks-online-coursesare-rethought.html.
“Lumina Foundation/Gallup Poll 2011 Higher Education.” 2011. Gallup (May). Accessed at:
www.gallup.com/poll/151844/Lumina-Foundation-Gallup-Poll-2011.aspx.
Marcus, Jon. 2014. “New Analysis Shows Problematic Boom In Higher Ed Administrators.”
New England Center for Investigative Reporting (February 6). Accessed at: http://necir.
org/2014/02/06/new-analysis-shows-problematic-boom-in-higher-ed-administrators/.
Ochoa, Amanda. 2012. “Contingent Faculty: Helping or Harming Students?” Journal Of The
Professoriate 6, no. 1 (June). Accessed at: Academic Search Premier. EBSCOhost (71665618).
“Online.” Pearson. 2014. www.pearsonlearningsolutions.com/academic-executives/online.php.
“The New College Campus.” 2014. The New York Times (February 16). Accessed at: www.nytimes.
com/2014/02/17/opinion/the-new-college-campus.html.
Pianko, Daniel and Josh Jarrett. 2012. “Early Days of a Growing Trend: Nonprofit/For-Profit
Academic Partnerships in Higher Education.” Game Changers: Education and Information
Technologies. Diana G. Oblinger (ed). Louisville, CO: Educause. Accessed at:
http://net.educause.edu/ir/library/pdf/pub7203.pdf.
“A Portrait of Part-Time Faculty Members.” 2012. The Coalition on the Academic Workforce. (June).
Accessed at: www.academicworkforce.org/CAW_portrait_2012.pdf.
Postman, Neil. 1996. The End of Education: Redefining the Value of School. New York: Vintage.
Rampell, Catherine. 2012. “Where the Jobs Are, the Training May Not Be.” The New York Times
(March 1). Accessed at: www.nytimes.com/2012/03/02/business/dealbook/state-cutbackscurb-training-in-jobs-critical-to-economy.html.
Rice, Andrew. 2012. “Anatomy of a Campus Coup.” The New York Times (September 11).
Accessed at: www.nytimes.com/2012/09/16/magazine/teresa-sullivan-uva-ouster.html.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
103
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
Schram, Jamie. 2013. “Ivory Tower Eggheads to Monitor Stop and Frisk.” New York Post
(September 18). Accessed at: http://nypost.com/2013/09/18/ivory-tower-eggheads-to-monitor-stop-and-frisk/.
Selingo, Jeffrey J. 2013. College Unbound: The Future of Higher Education and What It Means for
Students. Eugene, Oregon: New Harvest, (Kindle e-book).
Straumsheim, Carl. 2013. “Confirming the MOOC Myth.” Inside Higher Ed (December 6).
Accessed at: www.insidehighered.com/news/2013/12/06/mooc-research-conference-confirms-commonly-held-beliefs-about-medium.
“A Test of Leadership: Charting the Future of U.S. Higher Education.” 2006. United States
Department of Education. Accessed at: www2.ed.gov/about/bdscomm/list/hiedfuture/reports/
final-report.pdf.
Thoreau, Henry D. 2008. “Civil Disobedience.” Walden, Civil Disobedience, and Other Writings.
William Rossi (ed). New York: W W Norton & Company.
“Trends Table.” 2013. Resources on Contingent Appointments. American Association of University
Professors (March 20). Accessed at: www.aaup.org/sites/default/files/Faculty_Trends_0.pdf.
“The Trouble With Online College.” 2013. The New York Times (February 18). Accessed at: www.
nytimes.com/2013/02/19/opinion/the-trouble-with-online-college.html.
“W. Va. Higher Ed Plan Emphasizes Students As Customers, State’s Economy.” 2001. Community
College Week, 14. Accessed at: Academic Search Premier. EBSCOhost (5094469).
104
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
State U. vs. Target: Who
Gets the Better Grade for
Employee Treatment?
by Claire Boeck
T
he miserable pay of adjuncts and the transformation of colleges and universities into business are no
longer foreign concepts in the public realm. What
is a surprise, though, is that large companies, such as Target and Starbucks, take
better care of their employees than those in higher education. I am not focusing
this article on the social and academic consequences of the corporate culture that
has been adopted by colleges and universities, but on the contrast between the way
these institutions treat their employees and the much more humane way some
large corporations treat theirs. This is especially troubling because the college or
university should foster critical thinking, ethical responsibilities, and a meritocratic
structure. The educational institutions of America are falling behind
large corporations in upholding a moral standard.
POOR PAY, NO BENEFITS
Recent articles such as “Death of an Adjunct” and “The Ph.D. Now Comes
with Food Stamps” have raised awareness of the adjunct’s plight.1 This is a national issue that transcends the type of institution or region. Henry Giroux, citing data
gathered by the Junct Rebellion, states, “in the United States out of 1.5 million
faculty members, one million are ‘adjuncts who are earning, on average, $20,000 a
year gross, with no benefits or healthcare, no unemployment insurance when they
are out of work.’”2 Claire Boeck teaches humanities at Wilbur Wright College. She is intellectually interested in
violence and cannibalism in literature and personally committed to helping students value education as an end in itself.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
105
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
It would be ludicrous to argue that adjuncts are the only workers who are
underpaid; the May 2014 strike involving fast-food employees in 30 countries
demonstrates that many feel underpaid and want to make the public aware of
their economic struggle.3 However, a career as an adjunct is considerably different from many of these other jobs due to the high levels of education required of
adjuncts, either a master’s degree or Ph.D, and also their decreased career mobility. Even though 56.5 percent of adjuncts have been teaching for over five years,
and 10.6 percent for more than 20, they are still part-time and do not have job
security.4 Meanwhile, fast-food workers do have a career ladder. “This industry
While it may be a slow climb, some major
corporations actually promote and reward successful
employees. Not so in academia.
is the embodiment of the American dream for many workers…. Eighty percent
of restaurant owners started at the bottom and 90 percent of managers started in
entry-level jobs. There’s an obvious ladder to move up,” said Justin Winslow, the
Michigan Restaurant Association’s head of government affairs, to a USA Today
reporter.5 While it might be a slow climb, some major corporations actually promote and reward successful employees. Not so in academia, where people remain
as adjuncts for decades or leave the teaching profession altogether to search for
higher paying jobs.
Work part-time at financially successful multinational and national corporations such as Target, Starbucks, Land’s End, Whole Foods, Home Depot, UPS,
and Costco, and you will be offered health benefits, stock options, and tuition
reimbursement.6 Work part-time at a college or university and face new wage cuts
as many of those institutions seek to circumvent the federal Affordable Health
Care Act by slashing adjuncts’ and tutors’ hours. “We’re not allowed to go over
29 hours, and that includes time spent prepping, grading, e-mailing, meeting
with students, attending required meetings,” Stark State College English adjunct
Allison Armentrout told the Chronicle of Higher Education. “What is happening—
and I’m finding this even with just two classes—because of the grading load, I’ve
been put in a position twice this semester where I’ve just had to lie about the number of hours I actually worked. I don’t want to have to make a choice between having a job or not.”7 The irony of Arementrout’s additional statement, “There will be
a lot more professors working at McDonald’s,” is that there is at least a ladder to
climb at McDonald’s. Starbucks offers comprehensive health care and paid vacation time for employees who work more than 20 hours a week.8 Even Walmart,
the dubious star of the documentary Wal-Mart: The High Cost of Low Prices and
the critical book The United States of Wal-Mart “is a more honest employer of part-
106
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
ST AT E U . VS. TA RG E T: W H O G E TS TH E B E TTE R G RA D E F O R E M PL O YE E TR E A TM E N T?
time employees than are most colleges and universities,” A.G. Monaco, a senior
human resources administrator at the University of Akron, told Inside Higher Ed.9
When the numbers are compared, it is clear where the stronger earning
opportunities can be found. The average annual salary for an adjunct in the U.S.
is between $20,000 and $25,000, while sales workers earn slightly more ($25,370),
and baristas and counter food-servers just a bit less ($19,650).10 These incomes
look fairly similar, but student loan debt must also be taken into account. Consider
that 40.2 percent of adjuncts having master’s degrees and 30.4 percent doctorates, and that the median debt load for people who borrow for graduate school
Even Walmart “is a more honest employer of
part-time employees than are most colleges
and universities.”
was $57,600 in 2012.11 Many individuals also have undergraduate student loans:
the average debt is now approaching $30,000.12 Another point of comparison is
healthcare. The Coalition on the Academic Workforce 2012 survey found that 4.3
percent of adjuncts receive employer-provided healthcare benefits, a significantly
smaller rate than the 13 percent of fast-food workers who get that care.13 While
neither number is encouraging, the fast-food industry still puts higher education
to shame.
MERITOCRACY IS PART OF THE MISSION
What makes this all the more disturbing is that higher education is an instrument of meritocracy, providing the opportunity to create a more level playing field
and a means to avoid working hourly jobs at companies such as those listed above.
Through words and legislation, Presidents George W. Bush and Barack Obama
have reinforced colleges’ and universities’ role in promoting social mobility.14 In
his town hall talk at Binghamton University, for example, Obama declared, “I
think the essence of the American dream is that anybody who is willing to work
hard is able to get that good education and achieve their dreams.”15 A college
degree makes well-paying careers a possibility for people from troubled or poor
backgrounds, and this is the way Americans want it; we want an educational
system that helps “translate the American Dream into practice” and that works
to eliminate traditional obstacles to success, such as race, ethnicity, and religion.16
The reality that institutions of higher education advertise and facilitate this process for their students but not for their educators is cruel, unusual, and antithetical
to the purpose of education in America. According to Giroux, “Higher education
represents one of the most important sites over which the battle for democracy
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
107
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
is being waged. It is the site where the promise of a better future emerges out of
those visions and pedagogical practices that combine hope, agency, politics, and
moral responsibility as part of a broader emancipatory discourse.”17
Institutions of higher education should be paragons of merit equality and justice, dedicated to improving society as a whole. Their work is considered a “public
good, rather than just another consumer industry,” writes a Slate Magazine editor,
and their graduates are supposed to be ethical, humanitarian citizens, but the poor
treatment of their own adjuncts demonstrates that institutions of higher education themselves are insufficient role models for ethical behavior.18 Even if these
Institutions of higher education should be paragons
of merit equality and justice, dedicated to improving
society as a whole.
ideas and values do not originate within higher education, these institutions have
historically upheld them. “In a sense, higher education imports equity and social
justice agendas from the wider society,” write John Brennan and Rajani Naidoo,
“and, in common with other large organizations, looks at ways of improving its
performance in these respects.”19 Compared to the commendable policies large
corporations are implementing, higher education has so far ignored society’s
demand for more equitable pay, benefits, and overall fair treatment of part-time
employees.
On the issues of pay, benefits, promotions, and more, corporations are proving
it is actually possible to be financially successful and treat employees right. Those
that treat their workers ethically set an example for the business world. Higher
education should find this embarrassing, troubling, and hopefully also enlightening. Colleges and universities offer advanced courses in ethics, yet when it comes
to fair treatment of their employees they fail Ethics 101. We must all demand they
put these lessons into practice.
ENDNOTES
1. See, for examples, Kovalik, “Death of an Adjunct,” and Patton, “The Ph.D. Now Comes with
Food Stamps.
2. Giroux, “Public Intellectuals Against the Neoliberal University.” The Junct Rebellion is an
organization dedicated to raising awareness about adjunct labor and how it affects the future of
higher education and students. For more information, see http://junctrebellion.wordpress.com/
about/.
3. Alcindor et al., “Fast Food Workers Rally for Higher Wages.”
4. Coalition on the Academic Workforce, “A Portrait of Part-Time Faculty Members,” p. 25.
5. Strauss, “Fast-Food Workers Strike for Higher Pay.”
6. Kim, “Seven Companies Offering Health Care Benefits to Part-Time Workers.”
7.
108
Dunn, “Colleges Are Slashing Adjuncts’ Work Hours to Skirt New Rules on Health-Insurance
Eligibility.”
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
ST AT E U . VS. TA RG E T: W H O G E TS TH E B E TTE R G RA D E F O R E M PL O YE E TR E A TM E N T?
8.Kim, op cit.
9. Greenwald, Wal-Mart, The High Cost of Low Price,” Dicker, The United States of Wal-Mart, and
Jaschik, “Call to Arms for Adjuncts … from an Administrator.”
10. Sanchez, “The Sad Death of an Adjunct Professor Sparks a Labor Debate ” and Bureau of
Labor Statistics, “May 2013 National Occupational Employment and Wage Estimates.”
11. Coalition on the Academic Workforce, “A Portrait of Part-Time Faculty Members,” p. 23 and
Clark, “Debt is Piling Up Faster for Most Graduate Students – but Not MBAs.”
12. The Project on Student Debt.
13. Coalition on the Academic Workforce, “A Portrait of Part-Time Faculty Members,” p. 46 and
Johnston, “Public Aid Crucial to Fast-Food Workers.”
14. Haveman and Smeeding, “ The Role of Higher Education in Social Mobility,” p. 126.
15. Spector, “Obama: College Costs Impeding on ‘American Dream.”
16. Brennan and Naidoo, “Higher Education and the Achievement (and/or Prevention) of Equity
and Social Justice,” pp. 288, 293 and Alvarado, “Dispelling the Meritocracy Myth: Lessons for
Higher Education and Student Affairs Educators.”
17. Giroux, “Public Intellectuals Against the Neoliberal University.”
18. Anderson, “Death of a Professor.”
19. Brennan and Naidoo, op cit., p. 287.
WORKS CITED
Alcindor, Yamiche, Kim Hjelmgaard, Bruce Horovitz, Calum MacLeod, and Chris Woodyard.
2014. “Fast Food Workers Rally for Higher Wages.” USA Today, (May 15). Accessed at: www.
usatoday.com/story/money/business/2014/05/15/fast-food-workers-strike/9114245/.
Alvarado, Lorriz Anne. 2010. “Dispelling the Meritocracy Myth: Lessons for Higher Education and
Student Affairs Educators.” The Vermont Connection (31).
Anderson, L.V. 2013. “Death of a Professor.” Slate Magazine, (November 17). Accessed at:
www.slate.com/articles/news_and_politics/education/2013/11/death_of_duquesne adjunct_
margaret_mary_vojtko_what_really_happened_to_her.html.
Brennan, John and Rajani Naidoo. 2008. “Higher Education and the Achievement (and/or
Prevention) of Equity and Social Justice.” The International Journal of Higher Education Research
(56). Accessed at: DOI: 10.1007/s/10734-008-9127-3.
Bureau of Labor Statistics. 2014. “May 2013 National Occupational Employment and Wage
Estimates.” United States Department of Labor, (April 1). Accessed at: www.bls.govoes/
2013/may/oes_nat.htm.
Coalition on the Academic Workforce. 2012. “A Portrait of Part-Time Faculty Members.” CAW,
(June). Accessed at: www.academicworkforce.org/CAW_portrait_2012.pdf.
Clark, Patrick. 2014. “Debt Is Piling Up Faster for Most Graduate Students—but Not MBAs.”
Bloomberg Businessweek, (March 25). Accessed at: www.businessweek.com/articles/
2014-03-25/student-loan-debt-piles-up-for graduate-students-but-not-mbas
Dicker, John. 2005. The United States of Wal-Mart. New York: Penguin Group.
Dunn, Sydni. 2013. “Colleges Are Slashing Adjuncts’ Hours to Skirt New Rules on HealthInsurance Eligibility.” The Chronicle of Higher Education. (April 22). Accessed at: http://
chronicle.com/article/Colleges-Curb-Adjuncts-Hours/138653/.
Giroux, Henry A. 2013. “Public Intellectuals Against the Neoliberal University.” Truthout, (October
29). Accessed at: www.truthout.org/opinion/item/19654public-intellectuals-against-the-neoliberaluniversity.
Greenwald, Robert. 2005. Wal-Mart: The High Cost of Low Price. Brave New Films
Disinformation Company.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
109
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
Guy, Sandra. 2013. “Raises for City Colleges Presidents, Possible Pay Cuts for Tutors, Adjuncts.”
Chicago Sun-Times, (August 18). Accessed at: www.suntimes.com/22008995-761/story.html.
Haveman, Robert and Tomothy Smeeding. 2006. “The Role of Higher Education in Social
Mobility.” The Future of Children (16.2).
Jaschik, Scott. 2008. “Call to Arms for Adjuncts … From an Administrator.” Inside HigherEd,
(October 14). Accessed at: www.insidehighered.com/news/2008/10/14/adjunct#sthash.
l74IPhst.dpbs.
Johnston, Katie. 2014. “Public Aid Crucial to Fast-Food Workers.” The Boston Globe, (October
16). Accessed at: www.bostonglobe.com/business/2013/10/15/half-all-fast-food-workersfamilies-get-public-aid-study-finds/1j2DsaaraeLDt6yJDlIPaM/story.html.
Kim, Susanna. 2011. “Seven Companies Offering Health Care Benefits to Part-Time Workers.”
ABC News, (October 25). Accessed at: http://abcnews.go.com/Business/companiesoffering-health-care-benefits-perks-part-time/story?id=14805107.
Kovalik, Daniel. 2013. “Death of an Adjunct.” Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, (September 18). Accessed
at: www.post-gazette.com/opinion/Op-Ed/2013/09/18/Death-of-an-adjunct/
stories/201309180224.
Newman, Jonah and Jack Stripling. 2013. “Four Public-College Chiefs Pass $1-Million Mark
in Pay.” Chronicle of Higher Education, (May 12). Accessed at: http://chronicle.com/article/
4-Public-College-Chiefs-Pass/139189.
Patton, Stacey. 2012. “The Ph.D. Now Comes with Food Stamps.” Chronicle of Higher Education,
(May 6). Accessed at: http://chronicle.com/article/From-Graduate-School-to/131795/.
Project on Student Debt. 2014. “State by State Data.” Accessed at: http://projectonstudentdebt.org/
state_by_state-data.php.
Sanchez, Claudio. 2013. “The Sad Death of an Adjunct Professor Sparks a Labor Debate.” NPR,
(September 22). Accessed at: www.npr.org/2013/09/22/224946206/adjunct-professor-diesdestitute-then-sparks-debate.
Spector, Joseph. 2013. “Obama: College Costs Impeding on ‘American Dream.’” Lohud, (August
23). Accessed at: http://polhudson.lohudblogs.com/2013/08/23/obama-college-costs-impeding-on-american-dream/.
Strauss, Gary. 2013. “Fast-Food Workers Strike for Higher Pay.” USA Today, (August 30).
Accessed at: www.usatoday.com/story/news/nation/2013/08/29/fast-food-workers-strike-forhigher-pay-in-nearly-60-cities/2726815/.
110
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
A Consideration of
Online Learning
by Theresa Capra
O
nline learning has become a permanent fixture on
college campuses. For the past decade, enrollment
in online courses has grown faster than the overall
student body throughout higher education.1 This phenomenon is not surprising
and, in fact, is part of a history of people seeking more flexible alternatives to traditional, face-to-face instruction. For example, the University of Chicago began to
offer correspondence courses through the mail in the 1890s. Then, during the 20th
century, people experimented with radio and television to deliver instruction. But
when a browser for the World Wide Web was developed in the 1990s and Internet
courses with images and audio ensued, many people believed they would leave traditional courses in the dust.2 However, like their predecessors, it’s probably a case
of trial, and mostly error.
The benefits of online learning are undeniable. Barriers inherent in traditional
learning such as time, space, location, and access are eliminated with asynchronous Internet courses.3 But all that glitters is not gold. In its present form, online
learning is far from a substitute for traditional instruction and may be damaging to
certain students, even faculty. In a previous Thought & Action, Susan Meisenhelder
exposes the fallacies and problems swirling around massive open online courses
(MOOCs).4 This article will further the discussion by showing that the issues are
Theresa Capra is an associate professor of education at Mercer County Community College
in West Windsor, New Jersey. She is currently the coordinator of the education program and
instructs courses in education and the social sciences. She completed research on the student learning experience with online courses while finishing her Ph.D. Some of her publications include:
Poverty and Its Impact on Education: Today and Tomorrow, Online Education: Promise
and Problems, and Online Education from the Perspective of Community College
Students within the Community of Inquiry Paradigm.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
111
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
“ Ph o ne B o o t h ” is p ar t o f a series o f ph o t og raph s ti tl ed Kid City by Suzanne
C am p C ro s b y , a f u ll-t ime f ac ult y me mb er at Hi l l sboroug h Com m uni ty Col l eg e i n
Fl o r i d a. Fo r m ore o f her w o r k, visit w w w .s uzannecam pcrosby. com .
112
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
A C O N S I D E R A TI O N O F O N L I N E L E A R N I N G
not limited to rogue MOOCs, but instead permeate an established and lucrative
staple on most college campuses: online courses.
INCREASED FAILURE AND ATTRITION
Similar to MOOCs, credit-bearing online courses are exacerbating achievement gaps, particularly for academically weak students. Immense investments in
technology, training, and technological support for students have resulted in welloiled machines that are not always pedagogically sound.5 Their singular mission—
to increase student access to education by providing asynchronous courses—may
not be feasible for many students, especially low-income, first-generation, academically underprepared, inner-city and rural students, according to several studies from the Community College Research Center at Teachers College, Columbia
University.6 Ironically, many institutions tout the ability of online learning to
overcome the obstacles generally encountered by nontraditional students (e.g., no
transportation or child care) when pursuing higher education.
This problem is not exclusive to community colleges. For many institutions,
including four-year universities, online education is creating an interesting paradox: growing demand and enrollment coupled with higher withdrawal and failure
rates. The Babson Survey Research Group, which has tracked online learning in
the U.S. for the past decade, reports that retention in online courses is a growing
concern for college administrators.7 Additionally, those for-profit, fully online
institutions that instigated the virtual craze are leaving a dubious track record.
The largest of the pack, the University of Phoenix, was placed on probation by
accreditors in 2013 due to multiple issues including low graduation and retention
rates, and high incidences of defaulted student loans.8
Coincidentally, many studies have presented a positive response by students
to online learning. Often they favor online learning and perceive it to be just
as good, or even better, than traditional classroom settings.9 Additionally, the
Babson Group has reported that faculty and academic officers increasingly believe
that online learning is tantamount to traditional instruction despite issues with
retention.10 These factors, coupled with unyielding student demand, have generated the perception that online learning is the wave of the future, the conqueror
of those “talk and chalk” ways. But it may be preemptive to put down the chalk.
As it turns out, this perception is overstated. The Community College Research
Center has also uncovered that much of the favorable research about online education deemed “rigorous” by a U.S. Department of Education meta-analysis was
based upon “high-achieving” students, or “abridged” educational settings (e.g.,
professional development activities).11 Furthermore, upon closer examination, the
large body of literature concerning online education is conflicted, inconsistent, and
even exaggerated.12
The question of whether or not online learning is rigorous has been a common
subject for researchers.13 Perhaps a less investigated question is whether or not
online courses are perfunctory. Anyone who has taken or taught an online course
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
113
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
has probably found it, at least to some extent, to be a monotonous experience.
Of course, we all have endured a snooze fest or two in face-to-face settings, but
the nature and design of most online courses can amplify the tedium that often
results from regimented learning. It has been demonstrated that online courses
typically keep students quite busy with layers of similar assignments that require
hours of typing and reading but provide little opportunity for deeper application or
cognitive stimulation.14 The posting of lecture notes that mirror the textbook; the
creation of PowerPoints that speak key points; quizzes generated from test banks;
and superficial discussion board questions culminate to produce a perfunctory, dry
We all have endured a snooze fest or two in face-toface settings, but the nature and design of most online
courses can amplify the tedium.
experience. In this case, managing the workload becomes the learning objective.
Courses designed in this manner may appear rigorous because of the amount of
work required, but they are not rigorous in a cognitive sense. For teachers, it is
a similar situation; reading repetitive discussion threads and answering copious
e-mails from faceless students can be a burdensome task.
THE SOCIAL ABYSS
It might seem logical to presume that modern students, especially Millennials
for whom texting and status updates are preferred over conversation, would naturally mesh with online learning. This is not true. Online courses can be isolating,
impersonal, and disengaging, even for tech savvy young adults. Research has suggested that high rates of failure and attrition in online courses may result from a
sense of perceived isolation.15 Many instructors attempt to produce social interactions by creating mandatory discussion boards that require a minimum number of
peer responses. However, these boards frequently end up being a detached chore.
Instructors are not inoculated from this social anonymity. In contrast to
face-to-face teaching, faculty rarely engages in pedagogical dialogue about online
instruction. Observations in online classrooms are not common resulting in limited opportunities for reflection. Online professors tend to “teach” and “develop”
courses in isolation.16 These practices contradict some of the basic tenets underpinning the teaching profession, which suggest that reflection and collaboration
help us develop our practice.
Research that has examined the impact of online learning on student achievement and satisfaction has consistently demonstrated the significance of the course
instructor.17 But what makes an excellent online teacher? Most research that has
attempted to address this question has based the answer on best practices. These
114
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
A C O N S I D E R A TI O N O F O N L I N E L E A R N I N G
practices, which include prompt e-mail responses, timely grades and feedback,
and a steady presence within the course shell, are helpful. However, they do not
necessarily produce a high-quality learning experience. Other research has noted
that students have extreme difficulty perceiving instructional presence even when
an instructor is following best practices.18 According to Mark Edmundson, a professor of English at the University of Virginia, online teaching is a “one-size fits
all endeavor.” There is nothing that an online teacher can give a student that a
good book can’t.19
When I ask my students, who are predominantly education majors, to recall
Colleges are moving more toward the creation of
cookie-cutter, ready-made courses that can be rolled
over to anyone, anytime.
their favorite teachers, their descriptions usually reveal the importance of intangibles; abstract and elusive qualities that great teachers exude: passion, enthusiasm, humor, just to name a few. Unfortunately, this dynamic is very difficult to
transport to an online classroom. As Edmundson pointed out, “online teaching is
a monologue.” Thus, great online teachers are defined by unmemorable best practices such as answering emails, updating announcements, or submitting grades.
MANAGERS OR TEACHERS?
In her Thought & Action article, Meisenhelder pointed out that faculty are
largely absent from the discussion of MOOCs and their place in higher education.20 Well, the problem is a lot closer to our front door; standard online college
courses may be diminishing the value of faculty. Many institutions are removing
the need for faculty expertise during the course-design process. Colleges are moving more toward the creation of cookie-cutter, ready-made courses that can be
rolled over to anyone, anytime. Textbook publishers are also aiding in this effort
by supplying most of the material necessary to develop a fully online course—plug
and play compatible with the major learning management systems.
On the one hand, these prototypes can ensure consistency for students, on
the other, they completely remove any individual contributions that faculty can,
and should add. And while it’s true that even face-to-face courses are bound by a
designated curriculum and course outline, this is merely a skeleton; in person, the
teaching and learning process is dynamic and fluid with instructors who consistently add, subtract, enhance, or extend, based on the contours of the classroom.
When a course has been prefabricated, an instructor is immediately removed
and disconnected from its content. Some institutions, especially for-profit ones,
realize this, and consequently try to track instructional time the same way some
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
115
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
instructors tally (and attempt to force) student participation. This usually entails
a minimum amount of online activity and forum postings—a tangible footprint
to “measure your teaching.” These policies attempt to define efficacy, for both
teacher and student, with a rubric built around compliance rather than depth of
learning or individual development. Of course teachers and students must be present, regardless of the type of classroom. But under these circumstances, learning
becomes sterile; a business model that is boxed and packaged, limiting the potential for emergent and profound learning experiences.
With engaged learning, creative uses of technologies
such as video, virtual chats, and discussion boards are
viewed as vehicles of expression.
THE FUTURE OF ONLINE LEARNING
Despite these many challenges and limitations, many college administrators
have declared the expansion of online learning as paramount to their institution’s
futures.21 Online courses can potentially attract new students, boost enrollment,
increase revenue, and use instructors from remote locations—without much in
the way of infrastructure costs. Additionally, their convenience and flexibility are
irrefutable. However, putting more courses online is unlikely to benefit anyone
without acknowledgement and closer examination of the issues that impede student success and diminish their retention. So, as colleges all over continue to roll
out online offerings, what can be done to engage and retain students?
First, institutional efforts should move beyond prepping and orienting students for an online course and examine the depth and level of learning that is
occurring. Although significant attention has been paid to the role of orientations
and readiness surveys for improving retention, research warns against an overreliance on these items because students may not participate or perceive them
to be beneficial.22 Additionally, most orientations are designed to facilitate an
understanding of the technology and learning platform rather than the actual
expectations of the learning environment, and more specifically the instructor.
And while orientations are definitely important; we need to move beyond them to
more consistent support mechanisms that can sustain student success throughout
the semester. For example, assigning stronger and more seasoned students as peer
leaders for some incentive, and providing mentoring for inexperienced online
learners can decrease withdrawal and attrition.
Next, common practices that underscore the design of online courses should
be reviewed and revamped. It’s true that the asynchronous nature of online courses
116
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
A C O N S I D E R A TI O N O F O N L I N E L E A R N I N G
limits the scope of interactions while activities are constrained by technology. But
current design practices may amplify these inherent weaknesses. Often, instructors
begin the design process by considering the content and learning objectives—usually embodied in the textbook. Activities, assignments, and assessments are then
built around these items and minimally determine whether or not a student did his
or her homework. Student interactions are manufactured with mandatory discussion boards that are typically repetitive and dull. Instead, a less-is-more approach
should be applied, with fewer, more substantial activities.
Similarly, the principle of engaged learning can help improve the design of
online courses. In simple terms, all activities and assessments should be designed
to challenge and engage students on the upper levels of Bloom’s Taxonomy.23 With
engaged learning, creative uses of technologies such as videos, virtual chats, and
discussion boards are viewed as vehicles of expression rather than the main teaching tools.24 Engaged learning also allows students to establish their own learning
goals, to seek out and evaluate appropriate sources for learning, and to share them
with peers.25 An example of this can be posing a question for the weekly topic and
asking students to track down sources to aid in its understanding instead of composing canned responses. Students can share sources, perhaps in a class repository
or even on a discussion board, and collectively determine their worth.
Why have a discussion board if a primary objective is to ascertain whether or
not a student read a textbook chapter? There is probably little need for students to
select and discuss varying chapter questions when the goal is to assess individual
understanding. Likewise, if there is a designated truth or series of facts a student
must arrive at, as is the case in many survey courses, a discussion forum is unsuitable. Problem-based learning, which is a constructivist approach that presents an
ill-structured problem leading to multiple perspectives, has been found to be an
effective way to engage online students in the course material.26 With this premise
in mind, perhaps mathematics and science courses could reserve discussion boards
for mandatory postings about a struggle, strategy, or eureka moment rather than
rote answers of textbook questions.
Conclusions about the rigor of an online course should not pivot on the
amount of tasks that are present; a meaningful workload should be the preferred
goal. Of course, college courses require work and college itself requires time management and discipline. But many undergraduate online courses may be serving up
busy work to compensate for the time that students would have spent physically
in the classroom. Instead, the depth of the learning should take precedent when
evaluating rigor.
Presently, online learning is the most viable alternative to face-to-face instruction on a college campus. Even hybrid and flipped models, which are gaining
popularity, still require a consistent campus presence.27 As a faculty member in a
community college who has taught online for 10 years and conducted extensive
research on the topic, I have witnessed both the potential and detriment to online
learning. I have come to believe that it’s not the renaissance of learning so fre-
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
117
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
quently extolled, at least for most undergraduates. It’s becoming painfully clear
that we need to rethink Internet courses across the board.
ENDNOTES
1.
Allen and Seaman. “Changing Course: Ten Years of Tracking Online Education in the United
States.”
2. McGivney, “Adult Student Persistence in Online Education: Developing a Model to
Understand the Factors that Affect Adult Student Persistence in a Course.”
3. Smith and Stephens, “Marketing Education: Online vs. Traditional.”
4. Meisenhelder, “‘MOOC Mania.’”
5. Stanford-Bowers, “Persistence in Online Classes: A Study of Perceptions of Community
College Stakeholders.”
6. See Jaggars and Bailey, “Effectiveness of fully online courses for college students: response to a
department of education meta-analysis” and Jaggars and Xu, “Online and hybrid course enrollment and performance in Washington State Community and Technical Colleges.”
7. Allen and Seaman, op cit.
8. See Blumenstyk, “Panel Recommends Reaccrediating of U. of Phoenix, but Notes Concerns”
and Kirkham, “University of Phoenix Accreditation Hits Snag as Panel Recommends
Probation.”
9.
See, for instance, Brophy, “The Impact of E-Learning on Student-Engagement,” Reisetter and
Boris, “What Works: Student Perceptions of Effective Elements in Online Learning,” pp. 27791, and Menchaca and Bekele, “Learner and Instructor Identified Success Factors in Distance
Education,” pp. 231-48.
10. Allen and Seamen op cit.
11. Jaggars and Bailey, op cit.
12. See, for instance, Herbert, “Staying the Course: A Study in Online Student Satisfaction and
Retention,” Jaggars and Bailey, “Effectiveness of Fully Online Courses for College Students:
Response to a Department of Education Meta-Analysis,” and Street, “Factors Influencing a
Student’s Decision to Drop-Out or Persist in Higher Education Distance Learning.”
13. See, for instance, Park and Choi, “Factors Influencing Adult Learners’ Decisions to Drop Out
or Persist in Online Learning,” pp. 207-17, and Rolfe, “Getting the Bugs out of the Distance
Learning Experience,” pp. 1-35.
14. See Capra, “Online Education from the Perspective of Community College Students within
the Community of Inquiry Paradigm,” pp. 108-21, and Stanford-Bowers, “Persistence in
Online Classes: A Study of Perceptions of Community College Stakeholders.”
15. See Morris, “Anytime/Anywhere Online Learning: Does it Remove Barriers for Adult
Learners” and “Exploring Community College Student Perceptions of Online Learning:
Community of Inquiry.”
16. Duncan and Barnett, “Learning to Teach Online: What Works for Pre-Service Teachers.”
17. See, for instance, Aragon and Johnson, “Factors Influencing Completion and Non Completion
of Community College Online Students,” pp. 146-58, Capra, “Online Education from the
Perspective of Community College Students within the Community of Inquiry Paradigm,” pp.
108-121, McGivney, “Adult Student Persistence in Online Education: Developing a Model
to Understand the Factors that Affect Adult Student Persistence in a Course,” and Herbert,
“Staying the Course: A Study in Online Student Satisfaction and Retention.”
18. See Capra, op cit. and Stumpf, McCrimon, and Davis, “Carpe Diem: Overcome Misconceptions
in Community College Distance Learning,” pp. 357-67.
118
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
A C O N S I D E R A TI O N O F O N L I N E L E A R N I N G
19. Edmundson, “The Trouble with Online Education.”
20.Meisenhelder, op cit.
21. Allen and Seaman, op cit.
22. See Harrell, “Increasing the Success of Online Students,” pp. 36-44, Lorenzo, “Online
Education Learner Engagement and Academic Success Strategies at Community Colleges,” pp.
2-3, and Wilson, “An Investigation into the Perceptions of First-Time Online Undergraduate
Learners and Orientation Events.”
23. For a description of Bloom’s Taxonomy, go to: ww2.odu.edu/educ/roverbau/Bloom/blooms_
taxonomy.htm.
24. Brinthaup et al., “What the Best Online Teachers Should Do.”
25.Stanford-Bowers, op cit.
26. Amelink and Hall, “Problem-Based Learning: Designing Online Courses Using a Constructivist
Approach.”
27. For definitions and descriptions of hybrid and flipped classes, visit: www.eclass4learning.com/
wp-content/uploads/2012/10/Blended-Learning-Keynote.pdf
WORKS CITED
Allen, Elaine I. and Jeff Seaman. 2013. “Changing Course: Ten Years of Tracking Online
Education in the United States.” (January). Accessed at: http://sloanconsortium.org/
publications/survey/changing_course_2012.
Amelink, Catherine T. and S. Hall. 2012. “Problem-based learning: Designing online courses using
a constructivist framework.” Journal of Online Engineering Education. 3 (1). (June). Accessed at:
www.onlineengineeringeducation.com/joee_v3n1a3.pdf
Aragon, S. and E. Johnson. 2008. “Factors Influencing Completion and Noncompletion of
Community College Online Courses.” American Journal of Distance Education, 22 (3).
Blumenstyk, Goldie. 2013. “Panel Recommends Reaccrediating of University of Phoenix, but Notes
Concerns.” Chronicle of Higher Education. (May). Accessed at: http://chronicle.com/article/
Panel-Recommends-Reaccrediting/139229/
Brinthaupt, T. M., L. S. Fisher, J. G. Gardner, D. M. Raffo, and J. B. Woodward. 2011. “What the
best online teachers should do.” Journal of Online Teaching and Learning. (December). Accessed
at: http://jolt.merlot.org/vol7no4/brinthaupt_1211.pdf
Brophy, Natasha. 2010. “The Impact of E-learning on Student Engagement.” Bright Hub
Education. (August). Accessed at: www.brighthub.com/education/online
Capra, Theresa. 2013. “Online Learning from the Perspective of Community College Students
within the Community of Inquiry Paradigm.” Community College Journal of Research and
Practice, 38. (December). DOI: 10.1080/10668926.2014.851949
Duncan, Heather E. and John Barnett. 2009. “Learning to Teach Online: What Works for PreService Teachers.” Journal of Educational Computing Research, 40 (3).
Edmundson, Mark. 2012. “The Trouble with Online Education.” NY Times Opinion Piece. (July
19). Accessed at: www.nytimes.com/2012/07/20/opinion/the-trouble-with-online-education.
html?_r=0
Harrell, Ivan L. 2008. Increasing the success of online students. Inquiry 13 (1). Accessed at:
www.vccaedu.org/inquiry/inquiry-spring-2008/1-13-harrell.html
Herbert, Michael. 2006. “Staying the Course: A Study in Online Student Satisfaction and
Retention.” Online Journal of Distance Learning Administration, 9 (4).
Jaggars, Shanna Smith and Thomas Bailey. 2010. “Effectiveness of Fully Online Courses for College
Students: Response to a Department of Education Meta-Analysis.” Community College
Research Center, Teachers College, Columbia University.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
119
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
Jaggars, Shana Smith and Di Xu. 2011. “Online and hybrid course enrollment and performance
in Washington State Community and Technical Colleges.” Community College Research
Center, Teachers College, Columbia University.
Kirkham, Chris. 2013. “University of Phoenix Accreditation Hits Snag as Panel Recommends
Probation.” Huffington Post. (February). Accessed at: www.huffingtonpost.com/2013/02/25/
university-of-phoenix-accreditation_n_2762168.html
Lorenzo, G. 2011. “Online education learner engagement and academic success strategies at
community colleges.” (August). SOURCE on Community College Issues, Trends & Strategies.
Accessed at: www.edpath.com/images/OnlineLearningReportFinal2.pdf
McGivney, Raymond J. 2009. “Adult Student Persistence in Online Education: Developing a
Model to Understand the Factors that Affect Adult Student Persistence in a Course.” Accessed
from ProQuest database. (AAT 3312893).
Meisenhelder, Susan. 2013. “‘MOOC Mania.’” Thought & Action, (Fall). Accessed at: www.nea.org/
assets/docs/HE/TA2013Meisenhelder.pdf
Menchaca, Michael P. and Teklu Abate Bekele. 2008. “Learner and Instructor Identified Success
Factors in Distance Education.” Distance Education, 29 (3).
Morris, Terry Ann. 2009. “Anytime/Anywhere Online learning: Does it Remove Barriers for Adult
Learners.” In T. Kidd (ed.), Online education and adult learning: New frontiers for teaching practices. Hershey, PA: IGI Global.
Morris, Terry Ann. 2011. “Exploring Community College Student Perceptions of Online Learning:
Community of Inquiry.” ITC Webinar. Instructional Technology Council. (March).
Park, Ji-Hye and Hee Jun Choi. 2009. “Factors Influencing Adult Learners’ Decision to Drop Out
or Persist in Online Learning.” Journal of Educational Technology & Society, 12 (4).
Reisetter, Marcy and Greg Boris. 2004. “What Works: Student Perceptions of Effective Elements
in Online Learning.” Quarterly Review of Distance Education, 5 (4).
Rolfe, Clayton, J. 2007. “Getting the Bugs out of the Distance Learning Experience.” College
Quarterly, 10 (3).
Smith, David, F. and Barry K. Stephens. 2010. “Marketing Education: Online vs. Traditional.”
American Society of Business and Behavioral Sciences. (February). Accessed at: http://asbbs.
org/files/2010/ASBBS2010v1/PDF/S/SmithD.pdf
Stanford-Bowers, Denise, E. 2008. “Persistence in online classes: A study of perceptions among
community college stakeholders.” Journal of Online Teaching and Learning. (March). Accessed
at: http://jolt.merlot.org/vol4no1/stanford-bowers0308.htm
Street, Hannah. 2010. “Factors Influencing a Learner’s Decision to Drop-Out or Persist in Higher
Education Distance Learning.” Accessed at: www.westga.edu/~distance/ojdla/winter134/
street134.html
Stumpf, Arthur D., Ellene McCrimon, and James E. Davis. 2005. “Carpe Diem: Overcome misconceptions in community college distance learning.” Community College Journal of Research and
Practice, 29 (5).
Wilson, M. 2008. “An investigation into the perceptions of first-time online undergraduate learners on orientation events.” Journal of Online Teaching and Learning. (March). Accessed at:
http://jolt.merlot.org/vol4no1/wilson0308.pdf
120
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
Pursuing Higher
Education’s MacGuffin:
Economic Realities of the
$10,000 College Degree
by Robert L. Oprisko
F
rom Florida to Texas, in states where the focus of
higher education “reform” has been on economic
costs, state governors have made the pursuit of a highquality, $10,000 degree a priority of their administrations. The seductive aspect of
a college degree at that cost is the simplicity of the idea: 10K is not too much to
pay or borrow for a good that society has shown itself willing to support. Plus, it’s
a very round number. But is it a realistic goal? Is it a “goal in search of a model?”
Is it the MacGuffin of higher education reform, the plot device that drives action
regardless of its viability?1
College costs have risen starkly in recent years. According to Bloomberg News,
college tuition and fees have increased a staggering 1,120 percent since 1978, or
twice the rate of increase of medical expenses or the price of food and four times
faster than the consumer price index.2 In 1960, students paid $2,260 for a year
of tuition, fees, books, room and board, plus sundry living expenses at Princeton
University. At Duke, that same year, total college costs added up to $1,470, at
Penn State in-state residents paid $1,260, while Californians spent at mere $680
at UC Berkeley.3 Today, according to each university’s respective websites, those
numbers have skyrocketed to $56,750 at Princeton (an increase of 2,511 percent),
$61,404 at Duke (an increase of 4,177 percent), $27,984 to $28,654 for state
Robert L. Oprisko is a research fellow at Indiana University’s Center for the Study of Global
Change. He is also a contributing author to Vitae for the Chronicle for Higher Education
and I.R. Theory and Practice for e-International Relations. His research focuses on contemporary political philosophy, international relations theory, and critical university studies. He
has published Honor: A Phenomenology; Michael A. Weinstein: Action, Contemplation,
Vitalism; and is finishing Existential Theory of International Politics. He earned his Ph.D.
in political science from Purdue University in 2011.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
121
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
residents at Penn State (an increase of at least 2,221 percent), and $22,398 at UC
Berkeley (an increase of at least 5,062 percent). Across institutions, it’s clear that
the cost of a college education is becoming prohibitively expensive at a time when
the credentials that it provides are increasingly necessary for Americans to have a
chance at economic prosperity.4
No wonder that $10,000 sounds attractive.
By focusing solely on total degree cost, the proponents of the 10K degree
ignore other variables of the equation, including public funding, education quality,
and faculty pay. Nonetheless, the economic and social realities, or consequences,
It’s clear that the cost of a college education is
becoming prohibitively expensive at a time when
the credentials it provides are increasingly necessary.
of where the 10K degree leads us may be important to consider in determining
whether this goal, a high-quality post-secondary education on the cheap, is worthy of further societal consideration. It is essential to dive into the numbers—and
in this article, I will do so, exploring the implications around class sizes, faculty
workload, infrastructure costs, and administrative spending at four-year colleges
specifically. I will argue that it is possible to produce a college degree at a reasonable price, but that it requires new institutional focus on student learning.
MAKING THE NUMBERS WORK
I will approach the $10,000 degree by beginning on the $10,000 per year
undergraduate degree, a number that closely approximates the cost at community colleges, according to the Delta Cost Project. 5 Let us also begin with a few
assumptions: First, to graduate in four years, each student should take five threecredit courses per semester, or the equivalent, for a total of 40 classes and 120
credits.6 Second, let’s assume these colleges and universities are self-sustaining
enterprises with no additional funding subsidies, such as alumni donations, tax
dollars from state or federal governments, faculty grants, etc. With these assumptions, the math is very easy: each student pays approximately $1,000 per class.
Next, let’s consider teaching load. The American Association of University
Professors recommends faculty take on no more than three three-credit courses
per semester.7 If we further assume that the average salary and benefits of such
an employee is $100,000 a year, the employee will need to teach 100 students in
each of her six courses, or 17 students per class. But those classes must also generate enough revenue to cover the costs associated with infrastructure (e.g., heat in
the classrooms, lights in the offices, and rock-climbing walls in the new fitness
122
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
P U R SU IN G H IG H E R ED U C AT IO N ’ S M A C GU F F I N : E C O N O M I C RE A L I TI E S O F TH E $ 1 0 ,0 0 0 CO L L E GE D E GR E E
centers), as well as the salary and benefits of the institution’s administrators. And
the latter is no small expense.9
As Benjamin Ginsburg notes in The Fall of the Faculty, the numbers of
higher education administrators and other professional staff are expanding at a
much higher rate than revenue-generating faculty. From 1985 to 2005, while the
number of students increased by 56 percent and the ranks of faculty by just 50
percent, the crowds of administrators and other staff on campuses grew by 85 and
240 percent, respectively.10 (Meanwhile, in constant dollars, faculty salaries have
barely budged over the past decade, while average executive compensation grew 14
Increasing class sizes appears, on the surface, to fix
everything — more students per faculty equals
budget solved!
percent between 2009 and 2012, to an average of $544,544.) With these figures
in mind, it’s clear that the significant increases in college operating costs that have
become the incredible increases in student tuition are coming from the administrative and professional staff side, including infrastructure.11 Non-academic
administrative costs have grown at the cost of faculty compensation and student
financial aid; “universities with top-heavy executive spending also having more
adjuncts, more tuition increases, and more administrative spending.”12
The one cost that is most obviously not leading to increased tuition cost
is faculty pay. The recent partnership between Starbucks and Arizona State
University’s online college, “shows just how much ‘profit margin’ there can be in
a distance-education operation.”13 Even with a 59 percent discount, this program
isn’t operating at a loss, which “suggests just how much institutions like ASU ordinarily subsidize their overall operations with revenue from distance education.”14
Critical analysis of higher education’s business model takes this relationship even
further: faculty-taught classes (online, hybrid, and traditional), the only tuitiongenerating element of higher education, are subsidizing almost every other aspect
of the university ecosystem.
Moving along, if we further assume a rule of thirds between faculty, administrators and staff, and infrastructure costs (current numbers show faculty account,
on average, for 28 percent of the expenditures at public institutions and 33 percent
at private), the university will need to triple the number of students per classroom,
driving the average class size up to 50 (the low end of “very large,” according to
the IDEA Center, a non-profit organization committed to improving learning on
college campuses).15 This will result in an overall faculty-to-student ratio of 1:30.
Increasing class sizes appears, on the surface, to fix everything—more students
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
123
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
per faculty equals budget solved! It turns out, however, that restrained class sizes
are important to student learning:
Student average progress on course objectives the instructor rates as either
essential or important is more than one-half standard deviation higher in small
compared to very large classes. The advantage for small classes is especially evident
in developing creative capacities (writing, inventing, designing, performing in art,
music, drama, etc.) and communication skills (oral and written), where student
progress is about a full standard deviation higher compared to very large classes. For
medium-size classes, the advantage is nearly the same. When you compare small
The most exploited strategy for cost-saving is the
artificial increase of faculty size by hiring adjuncts
and other contingent faculty.
and medium-size classes with classes enrolling 100 or more students (of which
there are over 6,000 in the database), the differences are even more staggering.16
Assuming we care about quality in education, class sizes need to go down.
However, to achieve the 10K degree, still the object of this numerical adventure,
this means increasing the number of faculty—without increasing the price tag.
The most exploited strategy for cost-saving is the artificial increase of faculty
size by hiring adjuncts and other contingent faculty such as graduate students,
lecturers, instructors, and “visiting” or “acting” assistant professors. Contingent
academic labor is now the norm rather than the exception (less than a quarter
of postsecondary faculty were full-time, tenure-track professors in 2011), which
suggests that this preferred method of cost-savings has already been tapped and
is running dry.17 The proliferation of adjunct and part-time faculty in American
higher education has been well covered in Thought & Action, so I won’t go into
detail here. (Editor’s note: see “Faculty Matter: So Why Doesn’t Everyone Think
of this issue.)
So?” starting on
Convincing professors to teach more courses is another possible way to cut
costs, though such increases in workload have been vehemently opposed by students, adjuncts, and tenured and tenure-track faculty—and, in many places, those
increases would be restricted by collectively bargained contracts.18 Nonetheless, a
wholesale switch in workload from three three-credit classes (3/3) per semester
to four four-credit classes (4/4) would result in a savings of 33 percent on faculty
personnel and also would reduce the average class size from 50 to 40 students. But
it would not affect the faculty-to-student ratio of 1:30, and furthermore, it likely
would diminish the faculty’s ability and willingness to shoulder administrative
duties, which may result in a net increase in costs.19 A more sustainable model may
124
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
P U R SU IN G H IG H E R ED U C AT IO N ’ S M A C GU F F I N : E C O N O M I C RE A L I TI E S O F TH E $ 1 0 ,0 0 0 CO L L E GE D E GR E E
be to hire half of an institution’s faculty as research-driven professors with a 3/3
load and the other half as teaching-driven lecturers with 4/4: the average would
hit 3/4 and offer alternate paths for faculty professional development.
NON-FACULTY FACTORS: ADMINISTRATION AND
INFRASTRUCTURE
A recent report from the Center for College Affordability and Productivity
ends with a promising note about “the enormous potential financial savings
Rather than increasing teaching loads, let’s reduce
administrative bloat, perhaps by making explicit the
service expectations for administrators.
from reductions in expenditures on non-instructional professional personnel,”
which would lead to “very substantial tuition and/or appropriation reductions.”20
Universities today employ armies of non-academic professionals to provide services and erect “symbols of excellence” as accoutrements to entice wealthy students.21
At the same time, those institutions are doing all they can to attract more wealthier, out-of-state or international students to their campuses. The University of
Alabama (UA), for example, through its Alabama Promise Scholarship, encourages in-state students to go to community colleges and then transfer to UA—and
while the purported intent is to help poor students get to the flagship, the actual
effect has been to make room for more out-of-state students.22 And UA is hardly
alone: Eighteen percent of the University of Washington’s students come from
other countries, never mind other states.23
Perhaps Ginsburg is correct about the crux of the problem: two-thirds of the
average institutional budget (that is administrative and professional personnel,
plus infrastructure) is not generating revenue. The faculty, and, vicariously, the
work that they do in actually educating students are suffering because they are
not valued as highly. Instead, most institutions’ budgets prioritize non-education
related amenities that function as high-powered magnets to attract wealthy students. Instead of competing on academic grounds, universities battle for prestige,
or at least the illusion of it, shifting their institutional focus from educating
students to improving their relative position along trendy institutional rankings,
which, unsurprisingly, doesn’t work as planned and, rather, reinforces dominance
by those who are already “elite.”24
The only way to meet the $10,000 per year tuition goal is to strike a more
appropriate balance between faculty, administration, and infrastructure. Rather
than increasing teaching loads, let’s reduce administrative bloat, perhaps by mak-
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
125
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
ing explicit the service expectations for administrators and making less opaque
their impact on faculty evaluation, promotion, and pay. Additionally, restructuring
faculty incentives away from winning grants and publishing (especially when the
focus is on elite journals) and toward teaching may increase faculty willingness and
desire to shoulder a greater teaching and/or administrative burdens.25
If each faculty member could take on an additional class per year, it would
reduce faculty expense and decrease class size.26 If universities can reign in their
administrative bloat and their infrastructure such that they combine for half of
expenditures as opposed to two-thirds—this could happen if institutions prioritize
The 10K degree will necessitate degradations such as
$25,000 annual salaries for faculty and average class
sizes up to 110 students.
learning over rock climbing—the math becomes much more feasible to meet the
$10,000 per year goal. Every professor would need to generate merely twice his or
her salary and benefits, rather than triple.27 With these changes, the typical three
credit-hour course would have an average class size of 28.5 students, which is
within the “medium” classification, according to the IDEA Center, with a facultyto-student ratio of 1:20. With that in mind, the $10,000 per year college education
is possible and sustainable.
BUT WHAT ABOUT THE 10K DEGREE?
Moving from $10,000 per year to the 10K degree will prove to be a much more
difficult proposition. The viability of the $10,000 per year education delicately
balances price, workload, and class size. The 10K degree will break the balance,
necessitating significant degradations, such as $25,000 annual salaries for faculty,
average class sizes of 110 students, with faculty-to-student ratios of 1:80, and/or
teaching loads of up to 12 classes per semester. The much-heralded answer, massive online-only courses (popularly known as MOOCs), currently suffer from a
93 percent attrition rate.28 Even students who are considered “serious enrollees,”
those who complete at least one assignment, have an attrition rate of 52 percent
and make up no more than 10 percent of MOOC students.29 These preliminary
findings reinforce the importance of smaller classes and dedicated faculty, who
hold continuing employment and are paid professional salaries, to help cultivate
and maintain students’ interest in their own education and learning.
The other current answer comes from Southern New Hampshire University’s
(SNHU) College for America, which has officially launched a $10K bachelor’s
degree program with options in health care management and communications
126
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
P U R SU IN G H IG H E R ED U C AT IO N ’ S M A C GU F F I N : E C O N O M I C RE A L I TI E S O F TH E $ 1 0 ,0 0 0 CO L L E GE D E GR E E
that saw its first cohort enrolling in Fall 2014. In lieu of formal classes, College for
America offers a, “competency-based curriculum designed specifically for working
adults and their employers.”30 This program is currently available only through
partnerships with specific employers such as: Dunkin’ Donuts, McDonalds,
Anthem Blue Cross and Blue Shield, ConAgra Foods, and Goodwill Industries.
It is presumed that the student-employees would not be burdened by paying for
this program because, “the employers would be the ones paying the cost through
their tuition assistance programs.”31 This form of education looks quite different
from the traditional model; a difference by design because of the gulf between
So where does higher education go from here? The
economic realities appear bleak even with a great
number of people and interest groups in agreement.
academic leaders and business leaders regarding whether or not, “higher education
[is] preparing college graduates for the workforce.”33
Reaction against online and competency-based education continues, with
many questioning the quality of educational experience, the academic rigor,34 and
the replacement of critical thinking and engagement with easy credential acquisition. Much of this reaction is directed at for-profit colleges and universities.35
Regardless of the intentions of online degree programs and the businesses that
partner with them, the costs and benefits to the students are going to be closely
watched. Even the practical aspects of how such education to workforce partnerships will operate are being intensely scrutinized. Starbucks and Arizona State
University learned this the hard way when the promised free education was found
to have upfront costs and quite a lot of fine print.36
So where does higher education go from here? The economic realities appear
bleak even with a great number of people and interest groups in agreement and a
variety of people approaching the problem with the best of intentions. Institutional
subsidies, including tax revenues, faculty grants, alumni donations, and money
generated from investing large endowments, can all help decrease the cost of
higher education, but few institutions enjoy a large measure of them all. The $10K
traditional college degree is higher education’s MacGuffin, a seductive, yet seemingly unobtainable ideal that isn’t being considered as a practical goal, but is, at
least, performing the duties of driving innovation in higher education and questioning the sanctity of the status quo. It’s moving the story along by providing a
plot. Until higher education revolution is possible, it is necessary to focus on
higher education reform. I suggest using the above as a basic blueprint.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
127
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
ENDNOTES
1. The “MacGuffin” is a term created by Alfred Hitchcock that, “helped him assert that his films
were in fact not what they on the surface seemed to be about.” As he explained to Truffaut:
“You may be wondering where the term originated. It might be a Scottish name, taken from
a story about two men in a train. One man says, ‘What’s that package up there in the baggage rack?’ And the other answers, ‘Oh, that’s a MacGuffin.’ The first one asks, ‘What’s a
MacGuffin?’ ‘Well,’ the other man says, ‘it’s an apparatus for trapping lions in the Scottish
Highlands. ’The first man says, ‘But there are no lions in the Scottish Highlands,’ and the other
one answers, ‘Well then, that’s no MacGuffin!’ So you see that a MacGuffin is actually nothing
at all. The MacGuffin is simply the device that gets the action going, . . . [it is] whatever it is
that the characters in the film are searching for. The exact details, though, are inconsequential
for the director.” Gottlieb, “Early Hitchcock: The German Influence,” in Framing Hitchcock:
Selected Essays from the Hitchcock Annual, pp. 47-48.
2. Jamrisko and Kolet, “Cost of College Degree in U.S. Soars 12 Fold: Chart of the Day.”
3.Fine, How to Be Accepted by the College of Your Choice.
4. See Carnevale, Rose, and Cheah, “The College Payoff: Education, Occupations, Lifetime
Earnings,” “Where Value Meets Values: The Economic Impact of Community Colleges,” and
Hoover, “In an Economic Storm, a College Degree Is Still the Best Umbrella.”
5. “Who Pays for Higher Education? Changing Patterns in Cost, Price, and Subsidies.”
Important, within this study is the distinction between price (costs covered by tuition), cost
(amount spent per student), and subsidy (differnce between cost and price which is covered by
state funding, gifts, donations, and endowments).
6. Johnson, “What Does a College Degree Cost? Comparing Approaches to Measuring Cost Per
Degree.”
7. “Statement on Faculty Workload with Interpretive Comments,” in AAUP Policies and Reports.
8. Suttle, “The Average Yearly Income for College Professors.” The estimated average salary is
$74,360, but I round up to $100,000 to include benefits.
9. The same year that the new $46 million fitness center opened at Virginia Commonwealth
University, including the oft-vilified rock-climbing wall, four full-size basketball courts, and
an aquatic center, tuition and fees jumped 24 percent. See Scott, “Climbing Walls and College
Costs.”
10.Ginsberg, The Fall of the Faculty: The Rise of the All-Administrative University and Why It
Matters.
11. The latest numbers show that less than 50 percent of all employees within the university have
primary roles in teaching, including those that are part-time. Thus, the role of faculty is not
merely diminishing in importance within academe, it is structurally diminished. See Desrochers
and Kirshstein, “Labor Intensive or Labor Expensive? Changing Staffing and Compensation
Patterns in Higher Education.”
12. Lewin, “Student Debt Grows Faster at Universities with Highest-Paid Leaders, Study Finds.”
13. Blumenstyk, “Starbucks Plan Shines a Light on the Profits in Online Education.”
14. Ibid.
15. Benton and Pallett, “Class Size Matters.”
16. Ibid.
17. Black and O’Connor, “The Ominous Rise of the Adjuncts,” and Curtis and Thornton, “Here’s
the News: The Annual Report on the Economic Status of the Profession 2012-2013.”
18. (26) Berrett, “A Heavier Load in Ohio,” and Brivic, “University Increases Course Loads for
Full-Time Visiting Professors.”
128
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
P U R SU IN G H IG H E R ED U C AT IO N ’ S M A C GU F F I N : E C O N O M I C RE A L I TI E S O F TH E $ 1 0 ,0 0 0 CO L L E GE D E GR E E
19. Vedder, Matgrouanis, and Robe, in, “Faculty Productivity and Costs at the University of Texas
at Austin: A Preliminary Analysis,” suggest that increased teaching loads do not adversely
affect the research and grant-attainment of faculty, though the report’s suggested increases kept
teaching loads within the AAUP preferred category at a 2/2.
20. Ibid., p. 15.
21. Matthews, “The Tuition Is Too Damn High, Part Viii: Is This All Rich Kids’ Fault?”
22. This scholarship’s benefits to students increase in questionability when you consider the
increased attrition rate of transfer students and the negative socio-economic impact of the
socially perceived inferior quality of education at community colleges (Alisa Nagler engages
in a fantastic and thorough review of the relevant literature: “The Influences of Institutional
Reputation on the Labor Market Outcomes of Education and Training: A Case Study of
Community College Nursing Programs.”) See also Hrabe, “Harvard University or Community
College? Why the Choice Isn’t as Crazy as It Sounds.” Also consider the importance of the
Greek system at the University of Alabama and the resultant impact of UA’s Greek system in
Alabamian politics (which will be denied to students who enter as juniors), and the limit of
four semesters of support without a concurrent promise that the four semesters of classes will
transfer as classes rather as general credit.
23. Lewin, “Taking More Seats on Campus, Foreigners Also Pay the Freight.”
24. Oprisko, “Superpowers: The American Academic Elite,” and Oprisko, Dobbs, and DiGrazia,
“Pushing up Ivies: Institutional Prestige and the Academic Caste System.” See also “Placement
Efficiency: An Alternative Ranking Metric for Graduate Schools.”
25. Recently four faculty members led by Kathleen Cawsey of Dalhousie University applied
(together) for the soon-to-be-vacated position of their institution’s president. They stated that
the university would benefit from getting increased human resources that would better fulfill
the requirements of the position and each of them would receive substantial pay raises, even
with each receiving only one-quarter the salary. This “serious joke” prompted a number of
other foursomes to apply for the position in a statement of defiance against the pay inequality
and the current resource-allocation in higher education. See Schuman, “The Clever Stunt Four
Professors Just Pulled to Expose the Outrageous Pay Gap in America.”
26. Gillen, “Selling Students Short: Declining Teaching Loads at Colleges and Universities.”
27. Vedder, Matgouranis, and Robe come to similar conclusions (using subsidies to bring teaching
loads down) and have a multiplier of 2.12, or a total loaded cost of $200,208 to support each
full-time tenure-track faculty.
28. Parr, “Not Staying the Course.”
29. Haber, “MOOC Attrition Rates—Running the Numbers.”
30. “First Nationally Available $10,000 Bachelor’s Degree to Be Launched by College for
America.”
31. Harvin, “SNHU Offers First Nationally Available $10,000 Bachelor’s Degree.”
32. According to a Gallup and Lumina survey, 96 percent of academic leaders strongly agreed
that colleges were preparing students for the workforce whereas only 11 percent of employers
strongly agreed.
33. To be fair, American higher education has seen rampant grade inflation since the 1960s, with
“A” being given 43 percent of the time and “D” and “F” together being given less than 10 percent of all letter grades. The entire system is declining in academic rigor. See Rojstaczer and
Healy, “Where A Is Ordinary: The Evolution of American College and University Grading,
1940-2009.”
34. Matloff, “Dumbed-Down Math and Other Perils of Online College.”
35. Kirkham, “For-Profit Colleges Get Scathing Indictment in Senate Report.”
36. Pyke, “Critics Warn Starbucks Employees to Read the Fine Print of New Tuition Plan.”
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
129
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
WORKS CITED
Benton, Stephen L., and William H. Pallett. 2013. “Class Size Matters.” Inside Higher Ed
(January 29). Accessed at: www.insidehighered.com/views/2013/01/29/essay-importanceclass-size-higher-education.
Berrett, Dan. 2011. “A Heavier Load in Ohio.” Inside Higher Ed (March 22). Accessed at:
www.insidehighered.com/news/2011/03/22/ohio_plan_to_increase_faculty_course_loads_
mirrors_other_efforts_but_without_buy_in - sthash.rSCK09jQ.dpbs.
Black, Maurice, and Erin O’Connor. 2009. “The Ominous Rise of the Adjuncts.” Minding the
Campus (June 29). Accessed at: www.mindingthecampus.com/originals/2009/06/review_of_
john_c_cross.html.
Blumenstyk, Goldie. 2014. “Starbucks Plan Shines a Light on the Profits in Online Education.”
The Chronicle of Higher Education (June 27). Accessed at: http://chronicle.com/article/
Starbucks-Plan-Shines-a-Light/147395/?cid=at&utm_source=at&utm_medium=en.
Brivic, Max. 2012. “University Increases Course Loads for Full-Time Visiting Professors.” The
Wesleyan Argus (April 12). Accessed at: http://wesleyanargus.com/2012/04/12/universityincreases-course-load-for-full-time-visiting-professors/.
Carnevale, Anthony P., Stephen J. Rose, and Ban Cheah. 2011. “The College Payoff: Education,
Occupations, Lifetime Earnings.” Washington, DC: Center on Education and the Workforce.
Coy, Peter. 2014. “The $10,000 Bachelor’s Degree Arrives.” Business Week (May 5).
Curtis, John W. and Sarana Thornton. 2013. “Here’s the News: The Annual Report on the
Economic Status of the Profession 2012-2013.” In Academe. Washington, DC: American
Association of University Professors.
Desrochers, Donna M. and Rita Kirshstein. 2014. “Labor Intensive or Labor Expensive? Changing
Staffing and Compensation Patterns in Higher Education.” In Delta Cost Project. Washington,
DC: American Institutes for Research.
Elmer, MacKenzie. 2014. “Students Oppose Proposed Teaching Requirement for Uni Faculty
Doing Less Research.” Waterloo-Cedar Falls Courier (March 3). Accessed at: http://wcfcourier.
com/news/local/education/students-oppose-proposed-teaching-requirement-for-uni-facultydoing-less/article_7c46295e-dfbc-53f6-bad0-fb799f4e7007.html.
Fine, Benjamin. 1960. How to Be Accepted by the College of Your Choice. Revised 1961-1962 ed. Great
Neck, NY: Channel Press.
“First Nationally Available $10,000 Bachelor’s Degree to Be Launched by College for America.”
news release, (May 5), 2014. Accessed at: http://collegeforamerica.org/latest/entry/
first-nationally-available-10k-bachelors-degree - sthash.i2qak9GE.dpbs.
Flaherty, Colleen. 2013. “Net Zero.” Inside Higher Ed (November 15). Accessed at: www.insidehighered.com/news/2013/11/15/study-finds-no-impact-student-success-having-adjunct-instructors.
Gillen, Andrew. 2013. “Selling Students Short: Declining Teaching Loads at Colleges and
Universities.” Washington, DC: American Council of Trustees and Alumni and Education
Sector.
Ginsberg, Benjamin. 2011. The Fall of the Faculty: The Rise of the All-Administrative University and
Why It Matters. Kindle ed. New York, NY: Oxford University Press.
Gottlieb, Sidney. 2002. “Early Hitchcock: The German Influence.” In Framing Hitchcock: Selected
Essays from the Hitchcock Annual, edited by Sidney Gottlieb and Christopher Brookhouse.
Contemporary Approaches to Film and Media. Detroit, MI: Wayne State University Press.
Haber, Jonathan. 2013. “MOOC Attrition Rates—Running the Numbers.” Huffington Post
(November 25). Accessed at: www.huffingtonpost.com/jonathan-haber/mooc-attrition-ratesrunn_b_4325299.html.
Harvin, Michelle. 2014. “SNHU Offers First Nationally Available $10,000 Bachelor’s Degree.”
EdTech Times (May 21). Accessed at: http://edtechtimes.com/2014/05/21/snhu-offers-firstnationally-available-10000-bachelors-degree/.
130
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
P U R SU IN G H IG H E R ED U C AT IO N ’ S M A C GU F F I N : E C O N O M I C RE A L I TI E S O F TH E $ 1 0 ,0 0 0 CO L L E GE D E GR E E
Hoover, Eric. 2012. “In an Economic Storm, a College Degree Is Still the Best Umbrella.” The
Chronicle of Higher Education (August 15). Accessed at: http://chronicle.com/blogs/headcount/
in-economic-storm-a-college-degree-is-still-the-best-umbrella/31187.
Hrabe, John. 2011. “Harvard University or Community College? Why the Choice Isn’t as Crazy as
It Sounds.” The Huffington Post (April 22). Accessed at: www.huffingtonpost.com/john-hrabe/
harvard-university-community-college_b_852694.html.
Jamrisko, Michelle, and Ilan Kolet. 2012. “Cost of College Degree in U.S. Soars 12 Fold: Chart of
the Day.” Bloomberg News (August 15). Accessed at: www.bloomberg.com/news/2012-08-15/
cost-of-college-degree-in-u-s-soars-12-fold-chart-of-the-day.html.
Johnson, Nate. 2009. “What Does a College Degree Cost? Comparing Approaches to Measuring
“Cost Per Degree.” In Delta Cost Project. Washington, DC: American Institutes for Research.
Kirkham, Chris. 2012. “For-Profit Colleges Get Scathing Indictment in Senate Report.” The
Huffington Post (July 30). Accessed at: www.huffingtonpost.com/2012/07/30/for-profitcolleges-senate-report_n_1721058.html.
Lewin, Tamar. 2013. “Student Debt Grows Faster at Universities with Highest-Paid Leaders,
Study Finds.” The New York Times (May 18). Accessed at: www.nytimes.com/2014/05/19/
education/study-links-growth-in-student-debt-to-pay-for-university-presidents.html?_r=1.
———. 2012. “Taking More Seats on Campus, Foreigners Also Pay the Freight.” The New York
Times (February 4). Accessed at: www.nytimes.com/2012/02/05/education/
international-students-pay-top-dollar-at-us-colleges.html.
Matloff, Norman. 2013. “Dumbed-Down Math and Other Perils of Online College.” Bloomberg
View (March 25). Accessed at: www.bloombergview.com/articles/2013-03-25/the-perils-ofan-online-university-education.
Matthews, Dylan. 2013. “The Tuition Is Too Damn High, Part VIII: Is This All Rich Kids’
Fault?” The Washington Post (September 4). Accessed at: www.washingtonpost.com/blogs/
wonkblog/wp/2013/09/04/the-tuition-is-too-damn-high-part-viii-is-this-all-rich-kids-fault/.
McGuire, Robert. 2014. “Getting Started with Competency-Based Education: A Q&A with
Cbe Jump Start.” SkilledUp. Accessed at: www.skilledup.com/insights/getting-started-withcompetency-based-education-interview-cbe-jump-start/.
Nagler, Alisa. 2007. “The Influences of Institutional Reputation on the Labor Market Outcomes
of Education and Training: A Case Study of Community College Nursing Programs.” North
Carolina State University.
Oprisko, Robert L. 2012. “Superpowers: The American Academic Elite.” Georgetown Public
Policy Review (December 3). Accessed at: http://gppreview.com/superpowers-the-americanacademic-elite/.
Oprisko, Robert L., Kirstie L. Dobbs, and Joseph DiGrazia. 2013. “Placement Efficiency:
An Alternative Ranking Metric for Graduate Schools.” Georgetown Public Policy Review
(September 15). Accessed at: http://gppreview.com/2013/09/15/placement-efficiencyan-alternative-ranking-metric-for-graduate-schools/.
———. 2013. “Pushing up Ivies: Institutional Prestige and the Academic Caste System.”
Georgetown Public Policy Review (August 21). Accessed at: http://gppreview.com/2013/08/21/
pushing-up-ivies-institutional-prestige-and-the-academic-caste-system/.
Parr, Chris. 2013. “Not Staying the Course.” Inside Higher Ed (May 10). Accessed at:
www.insidehighered.com/news/2013/05/10/new-study-low-mooc-completion-rates-sthash.
HtUpnsMd.dpbs.
Pyke, Alan. 2014. “Critics Warn Starbucks Employees to Read the Fine Print of New
Tuition Plan.” ThinkProgress (June 17). Accessed at: http://thinkprogress.org/
education/2014/06/17/3449906/starbucks-tuition-plan-fine-print/.
Rojstaczer, Stuart, and Christopher Healy. 2012. “Where a Is Ordinary: The Evolution of American
College and University Grading, 1940-2009.” Teachers College Record 114, no. 7.
Sahn, Richard. 2013. “Online Teaching Is Inferior to the Classroom Experience.” Contrary
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
131
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
Perspective (September 25). Accessed at: http://contraryperspective.com/2013/09/25/onlineteaching-is-inferior-to-the-classroom-experience/.
Schuman, Rebecca. 2014. “The Clever Stunt Four Professors Just Pulled to Expose the Outrageous
Pay Gap in America.” Slate (June 16). Accessed at: www.slate.com/blogs/browbeat/2014/06/16/
university_of_alberta_professors_apply_for_vice_chancellor_s_job_in_clever.html.
Scott, Amy. 2012. “Climbing Walls and College Costs.” Marketplace (July 26). Accessed at: www.
marketplace.org/topics/life/education/climbing-walls-and-college-costs.
“Statement on Faculty Workload with Interpretive Comments.” (no date). In AAUP Policies and
Reports. Washington, DC: American Association of University Professors.
Suttle, Rick. (no date). “The Average Yearly Income for College Professors.” Everyday Life. Accessed
at: http://everydaylife.globalpost.com/average-yearly-income-college-professors-5582.html.
Vedder, Richard, Christopher Matgouranis, and Jonathan Robe. 2011. “Faculty Productivity and
Costs at the University of Texas at Austin: A Preliminary Analysis.” Washington, DC: Center
for College Affordability and Productivity.
“Where Value Meets Values: The Economic Impact of Community Colleges.” 2014. Moscow, ID:
Economic Modeling Specialists International.
“Who Pays for Higher Education? Changing Patterns in Cost, Price, and Subsidies.” 2010. In Delta
Cost Project. Washington, DC: American Institutes for Research.
132
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
Teaching as an Act of
Problem-Posing: A
Collective Call to Action
by Sarah Cacicio and Uyen Uyen Le
Problem-posing education bases itself on creativity and stimulates true reflection and action
upon reality, thereby responding to the vocation of persons as beings who are authentic only
when engaged in inquiry and creative transformation.1
W
ithout a doubt, the movement toward corporatized, standardized, and even sanitized education models in K-12 education impacts the way
students at the higher education level view teaching and learning. New York City
public school teachers have been trained to focus entirely on measurable outcomes.
Writing is taught as a well-structured paragraph with an introductory sentence,
three supporting details, and summarizing conclusion as opposed to a platform for
communicating important thoughts and ideas. Learning has become a product,
rather than process for students and teachers alike.2 I have come to believe that my
City University of New York students’ experience as pre-service and inservice teachers in an outcomes-oriented schooling environment, where
they seemingly have no say, directly impacts their experience as learners
in my graduate classroom.3
This realization called me to action; I resolved to design a midterm project
that would engage students in a real, meaningful process of inquiry and creative
transformation. The goal was to reinvigorate learning as a process of question-
Sarah Cacicio is is multilingual education advocate, researcher, and community coordinator.
She is currently working to establish opportunities for newcomer students enrolled in Pathways
to Graduation, New York City Department of Education’s alternative high school equivalency
program. Sarah also teaches courses in bilingual education and bilingual literacy as an adjunct
lecturer at Hunter College, City University of New York.
Uyen Uyen Le is a licensed English language arts teacher in a New York City public middle
school. Her bilingual and bicultural background in Vietnamese led her to pursue a master’s degree
in TESOL at Hunter College, City University of New York.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
133
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
ing that leads to change in knowledge, beliefs, behaviors, and even attitudes.4 I
approached this project with the understanding that change unfolds slowly and
over time, but has a lasting impression on how students (and in this case, teachers) think and act. I hoped the assignment would motivate K-12 teachers to take
back their profession as educators rather than deliverers of pre-packaged, scripted,
Common Core-aligned curriculum.
The following article examines the learning process involved in designing,
assigning, and inevitably, assessing the problems posed by the midterm project.
In an effort to promote learning and writing as a social practice, I asked one of
I hoped the assignment would motivate K-12
teachers to take back their profession as educators
rather than deliverers of pre-packaged curriculum.
my students, Uyen Uyen Le, to document her experience and co-write this piece,
and she accepted with enthusiasm. Uyen’s story is essential in reevaluating how
higher educators define, promote, and measure student learning in the context of
corporate-based K-12 education models.
THE CURRENT CONTEXT OF TEACHER
EDUCATION: WHAT HAPPENED TO LEARNING?
The 2001 reauthorization of the federal Elementary and Secondary Education
Act, commonly known as No Child Left Behind, remapped the landscape for
K-12 public education in the U.S., creating a national industry of standardsbased curriculum and assessments. The legislation mandates that all schools
and districts measure and report their Adequate Yearly Progress (AYP) for all
students. Nevertheless it was up to individual states to define AYP and to create
an evaluation model for measuring outcomes. New York responded to federal
mandates using a backward-design approach, starting with the implementation
of high-stakes assessments to determine AYP, followed by the movement toward
statewide curriculum standards now known as the NYS P-12 Common Core
Learning Standards. During the last 10 years, statewide English language arts and
math assessments have been used to determine both grade promotion and teacher
effectiveness.5 As education historian and activist Diane Ravitch notes, the movement toward standards stimulated the creation of for-profit vendors for public
curriculum and assessments.6 Districts began to purchase pre-fabricated, one-sizefits-all curriculum resources and assessment tools. Over time, instructional models
grew to resemble corporate business models, with schools and teachers fighting to
achieve the highest outcomes for their students.
134
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
T E AC H IN G A S A N A C T O F PR O B L E M - PO S I N G : A CO L L E CTI V E C A L L TO A C TI O N
In September 2012, I was hired as an adjunct lecturer to teach Foundations of
Bilingual Education at The Hunter College School of Education, City University
of New York. During my first semester, I received a standing ovation for what
could be described as an extempore, Freire-inspired speech on teaching as a political act. As I recall, it ended with me yelling “Don’t get angry, get informed!” to a
room full of first-year bilingual teachers, most of whom had been advised by their
school administration to use English-only practices for bilingual content-area
instruction. At that time, I believed that research-based teaching practices could
trump top-down state curriculum standards. However, in less than two years, the
While I value setting clear, high expectations for
teachers-in-training, I still believe it is my obligation
as an educator to uproot the status quo.
standards movement greatly impacted the experience of public school teachers,
and consequently, my role as a teacher educator. We now find ourselves caught
between teaching as a political act and teaching as an act of alignment.
Effective spring 2014, all K-12 teacher candidates in New York are required
to take and pass the edTPA, a performance-based teacher assessment. Given that
the majority of my students are pre-service bilingual and TESOL [Teachers of
English to Speakers of Other Languages] teachers, I am required to align my
curriculum to the edTPA, addressing the five dimensions of teaching: planning,
instruction, assessment, analysis of teacher effectiveness, and academic language
development. Supporters of the edTPA believe that it will improve teacher
education.7 As Sawchuk poignantly notes, however, debates around the edTPA
“illuminate a long-standing tension within teacher preparation: whether there is a
core body of knowledge and skills every preparation program should convey—or
whether, as proponents of ‘critical pedagogy’ theory assert, a program’s primary
duty is to help candidates question traditional education policies and structures
that purportedly contribute to inequities.”8 In addition to aligning my syllabus to
the edTPA, I am also responsible for assigning key assessments—faculty-developed assignments that use the same rubrics and weighting across all course sections—plus submitting student work samples and performance scores at the end
of each semester. Many of the key assessments require pre-service teachers and inservice teachers to create and carry out Common Core-aligned lesson plans. While
I value setting clear, high expectations for teachers-in-training, I still believe it is
my obligation as an educator to uproot the status quo, embrace the messy, pose
real problems, and come up with real solutions. The greatest challenge I face is
getting my students to join me in this process.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
135
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
M i l k w ee d , a pa int ing , is by Lo rena Sal cedo- Wa tson, a v i si ti ng arti st at
S t o ny B r o o k U niv ersit y. F o r mo re , vi si t www. l orenasal cedowatson. com .
L E A R N I N G O B J E C T I V E : C R E A T E Y O U R OWN LEARNING OBJECTIVE
For the midterm, I asked students to create and present a spoken, visual,
or written essay, reflecting on their understanding of any new concept or idea
related to our field of bilingual education. There was no required format apart
from a list of works cited. I explained that it was necessary to look closely at one
particular concept or idea to see, reflect on, and articulate an understanding of the
larger socio-cultural, historical, political, and academic forces that have shaped the
broader concept of bilingual education and, in turn, their experience as teachers.
The idea for the project was based on Ambrose’s assertion that how students organize knowledge influences how they learn and apply what they know—how those
pieces are arranged and connected in an individual’s mind. I encouraged my students to dis-assemble all of the parts and reassemble them in a way that made sense
to their own experience and understanding. I wanted them to generate ideas about
bilingual education. Nevertheless as I described this deconstructive/constructive
process, my students grew visibly frustrated. Inevitably, one student raised her
136
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
T E AC H IN G A S A N A C T O F PR O B L E M - PO S I N G : A CO L L E CTI V E C A L L TO A C TI O N
hand and asked, “but how will you grade us?” I came to understand that my students expect absolute clarity when it comes to assessment and resist the nebulous,
difficult, often painful experience of learning, that is, actively generating new ideas.
Hansen states that ideas remain ideas only if they are dynamic and subject to
change. When they harden or become routine, as all too many do, they lose their
vitality and take on the passive aspect of facts and information.10 I envisioned my
students exploring freely and directing their own learning, but in reality, the lack
of guidelines frustrated them. They demanded clearer examples and descriptions.
They preferred facts and information.
When it came time to present the projects, it was
amazing to observe how the creative and reflective
process had unfolded and informed their thinking.
The collective resistance to the midterm project seemed to affirm the need for
its existence. We started over. This time, I provided class time for my students to
generate ideas by reflecting on their own life experiences as bilingual individuals,
and drawing deeper connections to the literature. I agreed to share the work of a
former student who had explored the concept of “codeswitching,” a common practice of using two languages simultaneously. To make visible the negative connotations often associated with codeswitching, the student had created a brochure for
the “treatment” of codeswitching. She used research to support that codeswitching
is actually a sign of mastery of two languages, and that misconceptions stem from
deep social and power relations.11
Seeing a sample allowed them to better grasp the purpose of the project.
Slowly they stopped asking for explicit guidelines and started to follow their own
questioning. I received countless e-mails from students telling me about their
ideas and requesting feedback—we were finally collaborating! When it came time
to present the projects, it was amazing to observe how the creative and reflective process had unfolded and informed their thinking. For two class sessions, I
listened, observed, and learned from my students’ perceptions, experiences, and
interpretations of foundational concepts in bilingual education. None of the learning interactions were clearly measurable, and yet the outcomes far exceeded the
expectations I could have set. One student in particular exemplified the process
of inquiry and creative transformation, pushing us to see the relationship between
language, identity, and history in a completely new light.
In an exploration of “language shift,” Uyen Uyen Le created and presented a
timeline that traced the language practices of her family over the course of four
generations. It started with the story of Uyen’s grandparents who spoke French in
Vietnam and ended remarkably with the developing language practices of Uyen’s
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
137
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
own son who she considered at risk for losing his heritage language. When Uyen
presented her timeline to the class, the room fell speechless. She had taught us
to look at the concept of language shift through her lens as a first-generation
Vietnamese-American. Through hearing Uyen’s experience, we were all reminded
why this work matters; we learned to see how language shift impacts the lives and
experiences of our first- and second-generation students here in New York City.
But how did Uyen come to reflect on and teach us about language shift? What
learning process did she undergo to generate such original and profound ideas? I
felt this was something I needed to understand more clearly as a teacher. The fol-
When we requested more detailed guidelines, Sarah
said we were free to create our own, but she would
not revise the assignment. Near mutiny ensued.
lowing section illustrates the midterm reflection process from Uyen’s point of view.
ENGAGING IN INQUIRY AND CREATIVE
TRANSFORMATION: UYEN UYEN LE’S STORY
As an 8th-grade teacher in a New York City public school, I value creative
thinking from my students, yet I am often surprised and disappointed when they
push back. It was not until I encountered Sarah’s midterm reflection assignment that I understood the origin of their resistance. The assignment, probably
not much different from the open-ended projects I prefer to assign to my own
8th grade students, created anxiety for my classmates and me. The assignment
description was brief and frustratingly vague, although I did appreciate the power
to choose my own topic. Immediately, I knew I wanted to explore the idea of
language shift, which can be defined as the loss of language through economic,
political, cultural, social, and technological change.12 I felt such a personal connection to this concept and decided to create a family tree to illustrate how language
shift had occurred in my family from Vietnam to the U.S.
As a first-generation Vietnamese-American, my language identity has been a
source of both embarrassment and pride, owing to both external and internal factors. The theory of language shift seemed to be able to help me understand these
conflicting feelings. Once I started arranging my family tree, however, I realized
it was an insufficient and superficial representation of what happened. It didn’t
tell the whole story, I thought. Then I got stuck. I got frustrated. I considered
abandoning my idea to write an essay instead, but for reasons I cannot articulate,
I kept going.
It seemed that my classmates had also reached similar impasses with their own
projects. We spent a good portion of one class trying to figure out more precisely
what Sarah wanted from us. When we requested more detailed guidelines, Sarah
138
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
T E AC H IN G A S A N A C T O F PR O B L E M - PO S I N G : A CO L L E CTI V E C A L L TO A C TI O N
said we were free to create our own, but she would not revise the assignment. Near
mutiny ensued; and the anxiety and the confusion around the project were palpable. We asked to see past projects, and she reluctantly showed us a brochure on
codeswitching that helped to an extent. Sarah explained the rationale behind not
showing us past projects—that seeing others’ work might inhibit our own thinking. Sarah wanted blue-sky thinking, creative, critical, and uninhibited.
I returned to my family tree, disheartened that I would have to abandon this
topic because I would not be able to do it justice. On top of this, I had spoken to
a classmate who told me she was also planning on using a family tree to illustrate
Choice has everything to do with power and I
want to give my students as much choice as I can to
empower them and motivate them intrinsically.
language loss in her family. This bothered me; I was not thinking blue sky. I was
trapped under a blanket of clouds. Finally, I decided to e-mail Sarah about my
idea. She encouraged me to continue with my thinking, writing:
You will be able to discuss inter-generational language shift as well as factors
that affect these changes, such as occupation, violence, and immigration. Further, it
is so important for us, as educators of minoritized language populations, to understand our own history and relationship to language, albeit complicated and often
painful. I encourage you to explore your past, present, and future understanding
of language, and how this exploration affects your role as a teacher of languageminoritized youth.13
I realized that I was going in the right direction, but these words confirmed
that I would need to recalibrate the way I was thinking about language shift.
I continued with the family tree, but started to see that there was so much
more to the picture than language shift within my family. I referred to Sarah’s
e-mail not as a checklist, but as a reminder that I was exploring something much
bigger than my experience and the experience of my family. My family tree turned
into a personal timeline, then a family timeline, and ultimately, a collective historical timeline. I spent time with my mother on the phone, asking her questions
I might never have asked. I spent more time researching the complicated history
of colonial Vietnam. The amount of actual time it took to create the timeline was
not substantial, but I did spend a lot of time thinking, refining, and transforming
my ideas. What started as a basic understanding and interpretation of language
shift quickly became a creative, transformative process that has since informed my
teaching philosophy and pedagogical practices.
Freire summarizes the process of transformation that I underwent in complet-
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
139
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
ing this project, writing:
[A]s [students] are increasingly posed with problems relating to themselves in
the world and with the world, [they] will feel increasingly challenged and obliged
to respond to that challenge. Because they apprehend the challenge as interrelated
to other problems within a total context, not as a theoretical question, the resulting
comprehension tends to be increasingly critical and thus constantly less alienated.
Their response to the challenge evokes new challenges, followed by new understanding; and gradually the students come to regard themselves as committed.14
Digging further into family history has helped me consider how to approach
teaching English to language-minoritized youth. Wherever possible, my goal is
to dig deeper into my students’ family histories as a means to examine the greater
sociopolitical context of their language learning. I want to work to understand
how their own language histories and identities have shaped their attitudes, and
those of their parents, towards learning language and encourage them to take
ownership of their affiliations “with a different language community.”15 English
is the language of schooling and, therefore, the language of power. Choice has
everything to do with power and I want to give my students as much choice as I
can to empower them and to motivate them intrinsically.
MEASURING OUTCOMES OF INQUIRY AND
CREATIVE TRANSFORMATION
Uyen’s final project is a testament to the fact that problem-posing education
can and does produce real, measurable, and significant learning outcomes. In this
case, the end results did align with the initial goals of the assignment. By looking closely at one particular theory or concept, Uyen and her teaching colleagues
learned to question and generate ideas about the larger sociocultural, historical,
political, and academic forces that have shaped bilingual education. My students
experienced firsthand the profound impact of inquiry-based learning even at the
graduate school level.
As Uyen and I can attest, there is no place more important than teacher education programs for inquiry-based learning. If teacher education programs perpetuate
product-based demonstrations as knowledge, teachers will in turn, continue to
value and promote standardized assessment-based practices. However, if pre-service and in-service teachers are engaged in critical pedagogical practices, they will
learn to value and promote learning as an active process in their own classrooms.
As Hansen, poignantly states, it is indispensable for educators to grasp fully
why ideas differ from facts and information. If they do not do so, they will have
no intellectual basis upon which to criticize curriculum and assessment policies
that privilege the mastery of fact over the development of genuine thinking.16 As
higher educators, it is imperative that we consider the outsourcing of the nation’s
curriculum and the movement toward standardization as a threat to the process of
learning, and to the generation of new ideas. Teaching is indeed a political act; it
is the vocation of breaking down and challenging policies that perpetuate inequality in and outside of the classroom. At every level, teaching is the act of posing real
140
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
T E AC H IN G A S A N A C T O F PR O B L E M - PO S I N G : A CO L L E CTI V E C A L L TO A C TI O N
problems in a way that stimulates not only reflection, but also action upon reality.
Learning is a dynamic, active, transformative process that cannot be contained,
packaged, delivered or commodified. Market-based education reformers cannot
put a price on the generation of ideas for generations to come. My fellow educators and I will make sure of it.
ENDNOTES
1.Freire, Pedagogy of the Oppressed, p. 84.
2.Ambrose, How Learning Works: Seven Research Based Principles for Smart Teaching, p. 2. As
an example of how sanitized education has become, note that it is now common practice for
elementary-aged students in New York City to keep their grade-level texts in a Ziploc bag
3. Pre-service refers to the education and training provided to student teachers before they have
undertaken any teaching, while in-service refers to those already employed as teachers.
4.Ambrose, op cit.
5. Note that New York City Department of Education Chancellor Carmen Fariña took a step
toward lessening the consequences of high-stakes tests on April 9, 2014, by announcing that
grade promotion would no longer be determined primarily by student performance in standardized state exams. The change reflects Mayor Bill de Blasio’s administrations first attempts to
follow through on promises to lessen reliance in city schools on state exams.
6.Ravitch, Reign of Error, p. 17.
7. It is important to note that the edTPA has been opposed by CUNY’s faculty union, the
Professional Staff Congress; United University Professions, the union of State University of
New York faculty and staff; and New York State United Teachers (NYSUT). NYSUT reached
an agreement with the N.Y. State Education Department to delay full implementation of the
edTPA until June 30, 2015 (htt://psc-cuny.org).
8. Sawchuk, “Performance-Based Test for Teachers Rolls Out.”
9. Ambrose, op cit.
10.Hansen, Ethical Visions of Education: Philosophies in Practice, p. 3.
11. King and Fogle, “Raising Bilingual Children: Common Parental Concerns and Current
Research.”
12.Baker, Foundations of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism.
13. The authors use the term “minoritized” to reflect languages that lose value or prestige as they
come into contact with more dominant languages and cultures. We reject the term “minority”
to describe languages and their respective speakers.
14.Freire, Pedagogy of the Oppressed, p. 81.
15.Baker, Foundations of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, p. 128.
16.Hansen, Ethical Visions of Education, p. 3.
WORKS CITED
Ambrose, Susan A. 2010. How Learning Works: Seven Research Based Principles for Smart Teaching.
San Francisco, California: Jossey Bass Publishers.
Baker, C. 2011. Foundations of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism. 5th ed. Clevedon, OK:
Multilingual Matters.
Freire, Paulo. 1970. Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York: Herder and Herder.
Hansen, David. 2007. Ethical Visions of Education: Philosophies in Practice. New York, New York:
Teachers College Press.
King, K. and L. Fogle. 2006) “Raising Bilingual Children: Common Parental Concerns and
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
141
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
Current Research.” Center for Applied Linguistics. Accessed at: www.cal.org/resources/digest/
raising-bilingual-children.html
New York City Department of Education. 2014. Chancellor Fariña Announces New Promotion Policy
For Students in Grades 3-8.
Peter, Katharin, Emily Forrest Cataldi, and C. Dennis Carrell. 2005. “The Road Less Traveled?
Students Who Enroll in Multiple Institutions.” U.S. Department of Education, National
Center for Education Statistics. Washington DC: Government Printing Office.
Ravitch, Diane. 2013. Reign of Error: The Hoax of the Privatization Movement and the Danger to
America’s Public Schools. New York: Random House.
Sawchuk, Stephen. 2013. “Performance-Based Test for Teachers Rolls Out.” Education Week,
(December 4). Accessed at: www.edweek.org/ew/articles/2013/12/04/13assess_ep.h33.html.
142
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
Keeping the Liberal in
Liberal Arts Education
by Susan Nagelsen
S
erving on committees is, of course, one of the duties
expected of a tenured professor. For me, one of these
assignments entailed an examination of the core curriculum for undergraduates at my small, liberal arts college in New Hampshire, part
of the periodic review process. The committee members agreed to label the result
the “Liberal Arts Core Curriculum,” or LCC, for short. No one thought either the
name or the acronym would be offensive, but they did not anticipate the degree to
which the political polarization of the country has infused the same antipathy into
higher education.
A faculty member in the political science department subsequently objected,
not to the curriculum’s designation but to the acronym that omitted the word
“Arts.” According to his reasoning, LCC signified a political agenda, deriving
from a bias toward a leftist philosophy, thereby failing in the institution’s goal
of educating—not indoctrinating—undergraduates. The lacuna, so the argument
went, concomitantly labeled more conservative students as somehow being beyond
the pale and incapable of redemption in a classroom that focused exclusively on
the opposite end of the political spectrum.
The episode prompted me to wonder, again, how the word “liberal” has
become a pejorative in our political and educational lexicon. I am, sadly, accus-
Until her retirement in June 2014, Susan Nagelsen was the director of the writing program at
New England College in Henniker, New Hampshire. She is a senior consulting editor for Bleak
House Publishing, housed at American University in Washington D.C., and associate editor of
the Journal of Prisoners on Prisons, a peer-reviewed criminal justice journal published by the
University of Ottawa, to which she is also a frequent contributor. Her book, Exiled Voices:
Portals of Discovery, a collection of writings by women and men in prisons across the country,
gathered during her research and fieldwork, is used in writing curricula in a number of colleges and universities. Susan has also published short fiction, most recently in Tacenda Literary
Magazine, New Plains Review (Central Oklahoma University) and IdeaGems. Her poem,
“Standards of Decency” was recently published in Laws. Her two great passions in life are writing and education, each inextricably bound to the other.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
143
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
tomed to dealing with such matters, and these interactions always take me back to
Cardinal Henry Newman’s thoughtful exposition on the idea of higher education.
FROM ANCIENT GREECE TO CARDINAL NEWMAN:
THE MEANING OF HIGHER EDUCATION
Newman stressed the importance of “enlarg[ing] the range of studies” available to students, because although “they cannot pursue every subject which is
open to them, they will be the gainers by living among those and under those who
“Liberal,” of course, derives from the Latin liber,
meaning “free,” and describes a mind unemcumbered
by either prejudice or indoctrination.
represent the whole circle.” In the process, students learn mutual respect in what
Newman called “a pure and clear atmosphere of thought.” That is, the student is
immersed in an intellectual tradition that “is independent of particular teachers.”1
I would add independent of political ideology as well.
Institutions of higher learning are, therefore, charged with creating an atmosphere in which the student “apprehends the great outlines of knowledge, the
principles on which it rests, the scale of its parts, its lights and its shades, its great
points and its little.” And, most important, Newman reminds us that the nature
of this education is purposely called “liberal,” and produces “[a] habit of mind ...
formed which lasts through life, of which the attributes are, freedom, equitableness, calmness, moderation, and wisdom.”2
Etymologically speaking, Newman is on point; “liberal,” of course, derives
from the Latin liber, meaning “free,” and describes a mind unencumbered by
either prejudice or indoctrination. Extending the discussion, we could then ask
what specific courses would produce the liberal mind to which Newman alludes?
Liberal arts, of course, a brief history of which is relevant to contemporary issues.
In ancient Greece, the term pertained to an education that enabled a Greek
citizen to participate in the business of the polis. To guarantee effective participation in civic life, formal study had as its primary goal the production of an educated, virtuous citizen. To that end, the focus was on grammar, logic, and rhetoric.3
Today, by comparison, one often hears complaints about students’ difficulties in
all three fields and the relatively shallow learning and profound ignorance displayed by American citizens in general. Studies show, for example, that only 79
percent are aware that the Earth orbits the Sun, and barely 76 percent know that
this country achieved its independence from England.4 Existing in such an epistemological desert would have disqualified similarly limited Athenians from adding
a well-informed voice to civic discussion.
144
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
K E E PI N G TH E L I BE R A L I N L I B E RA L A R TS E D U CA TI O N
Moving into the Middle Ages, the liberal arts were expanded. The three original subjects from antiquity were christened the Trivium, and four more subjects
(the Quadrivium) were subsequently added: arithmetic, geometry, music, and
astronomy.5 As humanity’s knowledge base expanded, more subjects found their
way into the curriculum until a contemporary description of liberal arts includes
all subjects not pertaining to professional, vocational, or technical curricula.6 And
therein lies the rub.
The exclusion of these pursuits, that is, any educational system that does not
base its core curriculum on, and have as its primary goal, making money appears to
The adjective “liberal” has become, at least in some
circles, synonymous with anti-capitalism,
anti-business, and therefore anti-American.
be the major point of contention with some faculty and many students in today’s
colleges and universities. This sort of identity politics, as Alan Ryan points out,
“degenerates into a grinding exercise in denying an advantage to the other side,
no matter what the long-term damage to yourself might be.”7 So intense is the
disagreement between the two factions, that the adjective “liberal” has become, at
least in some circles, synonymous with anti-capitalism, anti-business, and therefore anti-American.
The growing emphasis on financial success as the singular goal of higher
education, exemplified by the rise in for-profit colleges run on business models, as
well as business-friendly “competency-based” institutions, has created a disturbing
pattern. Many institutions of higher learning now sacrifice qualified administrators who do not demonstrate sufficient prowess or innovation when it comes
to increasing the university’s bottom line. The University of Virginia recently
dismissed its president because board members did not think she was sufficiently
attentive to the university’s financial position.8 Responding to Virginia’s action, an
assistant professor at the university observed, “Universities are not corporations.
Universities are nonprofit, public entities that have missions of teaching, research,
and public service. Those are not the same mission as a corporation.”9 In a similar
move, Purdue University installed a new president, a former governor with no academic experience, who is, however, adept at raising money and reducing spending
for education.10
This debate between a purely academic versus a profit-driven philosophy also
threatens the boots on the ground, the faculty who are charged with educating the
young men and women in their classrooms. More and more frequently, even at my
liberal arts college, I encounter students who categorically deny any advantage of
a liberal arts curriculum. These entrenched preconceptions, often inherited from
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
145
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
parents whose understandable objective is their child’s financial independence, are
extremely resistant to either modification or moderation. I continue to encounter
students who openly denigrate any coursework that does not, in their view, contribute to an increase in income, confirming Tony Judt’s observation: “[T]he thrall
in which an ideology holds a people is best measured by their collective inability
to imagine alternatives.”11
Such a mercenary attitude promotes disinterested participation in the classroom of, say, a writing course, one that develops organizational and critical
thinking skills and will clearly benefit anyone, regardless of major. This pervasive
I have never lost faith that a liberal education
remains the most effective method for producing an
intellect both broad and deep.
insistence on a business-oriented, vocational approach to higher education drives
the current prejudice against anything that remotely detracts from that goal, often,
as Judt said, to the point of emphasizing trivial disagreements and jeopardizing
valuable programs.
This sneering condescension whenever a “liberal” curriculum is discussed,
whether top-down or bottom-up, clearly creates a distraction from the goal of
producing a well-informed citizen. I have never lost faith that a liberal education remains the most effective method for producing an intellect both broad
and deep, which in turn will result in better educated citizens who at least have
a sense of history and science to guide their professional and personal decisions.
Peter Winch puts it this way: “[T]o study another way of life is necessarily to seek
to extend our own—not simply to bring the other way within the already existing
boundaries of our own.”12
RECLAIMING THE TRUE MEANING OF LIBERAL
EDUCATION
How, then, can a “liberal core curriculum” be construed as either biased or
politically insensitive? Only by insisting on a perversion of the term as understood through 2,500 years of tradition and application. A liberal education, free
of the distortions advanced by reactionary politics, undertakes to produce a mind
informed by “moderation and wisdom,” a mind immune to the scandals and drama
of 24-hour news cycles, a mind capable of identifying fact from fiction, truth from
deception. The implications for a representative democracy are obvious and, contrary to popular myth, do not exclude the ability to earn a comfortable living.
Without such an education, the republic will be forced to contend with an
electorate unfamiliar with substantive issues, voters who rely on personalities,
half-truths, and innuendo, and succumb to a confirmation bias that treats views
146
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
K E E PI N G TH E L I BE R A L I N L I B E RA L A R TS E D U CA TI O N
congruent with theirs as revealed truth without examination or question, and
dismisses out of hand anything that conflicts with those preconceptions. That is,
Americans might be able to distinguish between macro- and microeconomics but
will persist in picking their elected representatives in the same manner they choose
their breakfast cereal and select school board members, university presidents, and
faculty based on an ideological litmus test.
If the antidote to this gloomy state of affairs is a liberal education, then it
beggars belief that any educated person would possibly object to the inferences
attached to such a respected and august concept. A liberal mind, informed by a
liberal education, is not the enemy of any specific political party, entity, or economic system. It is one that searches for the truth and tests the validity of any
proposition. It encourages experimentation, introspection, and the thoughtful and
respectful exchange of ideas.
A “Liberal Core Curriculum” therefore remains the proper vehicle for achieving higher education’s charge to make our young men and women better citizens.
The misapprehension of the term by few should not relieve the academy of its
obligation to keep alive a tradition that has flourished for over two millennia
and brought human development to the pinnacle it now occupies. Jeff Lustig, in
this journal, described the result if the liberal arts were supplanted with a more
curriculum more limited in scope and philosophy: “The liberal arts could not
be jettisoned from the university and its autonomy lost without changing what
the institution fundamentally is.”13 The risks are simply too great to allow Adam
Smith’s invisible hand to be the exclusive determinant in educational choices.14
The NEA and all faculty must speak with one voice to preserve our educational heritage, manage our curricula, resist the pernicious influence of corporate
largesse, and insist that higher education be entrusted to the men and women
dedicated to an inclusive worldview that does not evaluate an individual’s merit
based on a balance sheet or projected earnings. We must continue to encourage a
mutual respect that can come, as James Axtell insists, “only when people learn to
regard all other human beings, singly and in groups, as both different from and
equal to themselves to understand them as much as possible in their own terms”
(emphasis in original).15 That is the ultimate purpose, and a heroic one, of a truly
liberal education.
ENDNOTES
1. Newman, The Idea of a University
2. Ibid.
3. Trivium Education.
4. Crabtree, “New Poll Gauges Americans’ General Knowledge Level.”
5. Ibid.
6. The contemporary description of liberal arts includes history, moral philosophy or ethics, and
the natural sciences.
7. Ryan, “Cosmopolitans,” p. 48.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
147
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
8. Sampson, “College Boards Turn to Business-Style Approaches.” Note: UVA’s President
Sullivan subsequently was rehired after faculty and student protest.
9. Ibid.
10. Ibid.
11. Judt, “Captive Minds,” p. 10.
12. Winch, “Understanding a Primitive Society,” p. 30.
13. Lustig, “The University Beseiged,” Thought & Action.
14. In The Wealth of Nations (1776), Smith elaborated his concept of the invisible hand of a freemarket economy, reasoning that society would benefit most, including in unintended ways,
by market forces unencumbered by government oversight or intervention. Applying that same
rationale—which has proven to be fallacious—to higher education would eliminate any curricula that did not comport with an unrestrained pursuit of profit.
15. Axtell, The Pleasures of Academe, p. 70.
WORKS CITED
The Axtell, James. 1998. The Pleasures of Academe. Lincoln, NB: University of Nebraska Press.
Crabtree, Steve. 2014. “New Poll Gauges Americans’ General Knowledge Level,” Gallup. Accessed
at: www.gallup.com/poll/3742/new-poll-gauges-americans-general-knowledge-levels.aspx.
Judt, Tony. 2010. “Captive Minds.” New York Review of Books. (September 30).
Lustig, Jeff. 2011. “The University Beseiged.” Thought & Action. Accessed at:http://www.nea.org/
home/50451.htm.
Newman, John Henry. 2014. The Idea of a University. Accessed at: www.cwrl.utexas.edu/~bump/
E379S3/Newman.html.
Ryan, Alan. 2006. “Cosmopolitans.” New York Review of Books, (June 22).
Sampson, Zinie Chen. 2014. “College Boards Turn to Business-Style Approaches,” The
Huffington Post. Accessed at: www.huffingtonpost.com/2012/06/27/college-boards-turn-tobu_0_n_1631964.html.
Smith, Adam. 2014. “The Wealth of Nations.” The Concise Encyclopedia of Economics, Library of
Economics and Liberty. Accessed at: www.econlib.org/library/Enc/bios/Smith.html.
Trivium Education. 2014. Accessed at: www.triviumeducation.com/.
Winch, Peter. 1967. “Understanding a Primitive Society,” in Religion and Understanding, D. Z.
Phillips (ed). Oxford: Blackwell.
148
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
Economies of Scale
and Large Classes
by Martin Saiz
M
aking classes larger saves money— and public universities across the country have found it a useful
strategy to balance their budgets after decades of
state funding cuts and increases to infrastructure costs.
Where I teach, in the College of Social and Behavioral Sciences at California State
University, Northridge (CSUN), student to faculty ratios have increased by 25 percent since
2008.1 Across CSUN, those ratios have increased 11.5 percent since 2000, and beyond our
campus, across all 23 universities of the CSU system, they increased by 9.5 percent between
2007 and 2011.2
While these larger classes have helped provide fiscal stability and flexibility to
CSUN, the benefits have not been distributed equally among the stakeholders in
the university. Administrators may capture the economies of increasing returns to
scale, and this strategy may work for them and their budgets, but it also exposes
where power lies within the university. Larger class sizes and higher student to
faculty ratios provide large benefits to administrators; some benefits to faculty; but
only few, if any, benefits to students.
This trend and its consequences for students are not specific to CSUN, nor
the large public institutions of California, but are symptomatic of the changes
occurring in higher education across the nation.
LEARNING FROM BUDWEISER: MAKING EFFICIENT CONTAINERS FOR EDUCATION
Considered in terms of production, higher education is not much different
Martin Saiz is a professor of political science at California State University, Northridge, who
writes extensively on issues of urban politics, local political parties, economic development,
and the effects of voting on public policy. He is the author of Local Parties in Political and
Organizational Perspective, and his articles have appeared in various journals, including the
Journal of Politics, Urban Affairs Review, Political Research Quarterly, and The Journal
of Urban Affairs.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
149
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
from other industries. Concentrating a lot of activity in a small area generates
efficiencies. In a single day, in one facility, students attend classes in a variety of
disciplines, collaborate with peers, eat, study, and exercise. Administrators, staff,
and faculty do much the same. This concentration of activity generates more than
convenience and sharing—it permits economies of scale. To serve each student
costs less when more is done for many in close proximity. In just a few years, our
students can amass a number of courses across multiple disciplines to claim a liberal college education—a wide range of understanding about the world, as well as
in-depth knowledge about a specific field of study.
Education has much in common with brewing and
bottling, industries where containers are a significant
cost. In education, the container is the classroom.
In some cases universities can take advantage of increasing returns to scale (a
special case of economies of scale). Here, education has much in common with
brewing and bottling, industries where containers are a significant cost. By analogy, in higher education, the container is the classroom. Assuming the classroom
is square, the output is roughly proportional to the square of the length of its sides.
If a room has a capacity of 40 students, the maximum yearly output will be limited by the number of times the university can use that classroom annually. The
inputs (drywall, plaster, steel, etc.) depend on the length of the classroom perimeter. More specifically, a 50 by 50 foot classroom with a capacity of 40 requires
200 linear feet of wall, while a 50 by 100 foot classroom with a capacity of 80
students requires only 300 linear feet of wall to give the same amount of space per
student. Similarly, a 100 by 100 foot classroom will accommodate 160 students
with only 400 linear feet of built wall. The ratio of students to walls for the three
examples are five feet of wall per student for the 40 student classroom, 3.75 feet
of wall for the 80 student classroom, and 2.5 feet of wall per student for the 160
student classroom. Each time we double the number of students we only need to
increase the size of our container by two-thirds. Because over a semester’s time
the number of students served depends on the combined length of walls of the
classrooms, larger classrooms generate increasing economies of scale and reduce
per-student costs.
Before 2000, CSUN had only two rooms with capacities of more than 100.
Since then, the university has built six additional large-capacity rooms; increasing
the university’s large classroom capacity by 1,293 seats. This represents a capacity
of 30,360 students per semester in large lecture halls!3 In the meantime, in some
other classrooms, separating walls have been torn down, turning small rooms into
larger rooms, and increasing their capacities from 40 to 80.
150
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
E CO N O M I E S O F S CA L E A N D L A R GE C L A S S E S
Other economies of scale associated with larger class sizes are even more
impressive. A double-sized “smart” classroom needs only one computer, projector,
monitor, screen, and data port, instead of the two required for two single-sized
classrooms. Most importantly, a double-size classroom has only one instructor.
Because each room is used for multiple classes per day, an institution like CSUN
can save more than $100,000 per semester in faculty salaries across the life of
each doubled classroom.4 If all of our classrooms were doubled, CSUN also could
eliminate half the classroom computers, projectors, monitors, screens, data ports,
and faculty and still produce the same outputs. Theoretically, a university could
You would think that professors would howl at the
prospect of having more students in their classes.
In fact, most have not complained until recently.
increase its returns to scale until classrooms reach the size of stadiums. Only
issues of congestion and demand may limit the university’s ability to lower costs
this way. Consequently, administrators tend to increase class sizes during times
of fiscal stress.
S U R V I V I N G L A R G E R C L A S S E S : WHAT FACULTY DO
You would think that professors would howl at the prospect of having more
students in their classes. In fact, most faculty in my department have not complained until recently. Our department and others in our college embraced large
classes, especially when they came with reductions in course loads. Our dean,
being a clever administrator, offered a valuable incentive to any faculty member
willing to teach large classes. Classes with enrollments larger than 120 students
would count for two classes (or six teaching units). Those with enrollments larger
than 180 would count for three (nine units) and any class above 220 would cover
one faculty member’s entire required teaching load of four classes (12 units) per
semester. The capacities of large classrooms vary across campus, but the effective
ratio of students to teaching units was about 20:1, or about 60 students per three
units. For comparison, the average class of 40 students comes with a teaching
credit of three units or a ratio of students to teaching units of about 13:1. For
faculty teaching in the large classrooms, our dean effectively increased the student
to faculty workload ratios by about 65 percent.
Faculty in the Political Science department rationalized that by delivering
introductory courses for non-majors in large classes we could lavish attention on
our majors in smaller classes. In the first years faculty were offered student assistants in the large sections to help with administrative tasks like proctoring exams,
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
151
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
taking attendance, running exam forms, and recording grades. Unfortunately, the
funding for student assistants lasted only two years and this year the number of
units faculty receive for the very large classrooms was dropped from 12 to nine,
raising the ratio of students to teaching units to about 26:1 or about 78 students
per three units. Our dean has effectively increased faculty workload by 100 percent
in the largest classrooms. Still, some faculty covet the opportunity to teach the
large classes. Why?
Again, the reasons have to do with increasing returns to scale. To prepare
a lecture for 100 or 200 students takes no longer than to prepare one for 10.
Our dean has effectively increased faculty workload
by 100 percent in the largest classrooms. Still, some
faculty covet the opportunity to teach large classes.
Similarly, to write an exam or prepare a syllabus for a big class takes no longer
than to do the same for a small one. Additional students may even help class
dynamics if they ask good questions or offer helpful comments. Some adjustments
need to be made; mostly in lecturing style. Teaching large classes requires more
performance with exaggerated vocal inflections and gestures. Developing a series
of media clips and learning a few jokes also helps. Of course, students can be disruptive and ask silly questions, and the more students there are in a class, the more
likely it is that a few of them will be.
But not all things come with economies of scale; some tasks require individual
attention. Most obviously, the time it takes to grade student performance increases
proportionately with the number of students enrolled in each class. Some assessment tools like multiple choice exams take only minutes, if scored by machine,
but essay questions need to be deciphered individually by hand (or eye and mind).
Indeed, as the examples below show, writing assignments of almost any length are
impossible in large classes.
Two classes I have taught recently illustrate the dramatic effect that assignments and grading have on workload. My class with 231 students had no writing
assignments while the one with 43 students had a series of weekly essays for the
students to write and for me to grade. Even with more than five times the number of students, the large class was actually less work. The large class involved
developing and giving 27 lectures, and writing and grading 27 daily quizzes,
two midterms, and a final exam. Other tasks included meeting individually with
students and answering their emails. My smaller class, which was classified as an
upper-division general education course, required that I assign writing amounting
to a minimum of 2,500 words per student. Over the semester, this equals about 10
pages of writing per student (double-spaced with citations and references) or about
430 pages of grading for me, not including the required re-writes and re-grading
152
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
E CO N O M I E S O F S CA L E A N D L A R GE C L A S S E S
as per university standards. I believe that short assignments develop better writing
skills so I spread the 2,500 words across 13 weekly assignments of 200 words each.
Grading is tedious labor so I do not dwell on these essays. I spend about five minutes on each: reading, correcting grammar and spelling, checking documentation,
assessing the substantive content, writing a few comments, and determining the
grade. Even this cursory effort adds up to about four hours per week, again, not
including re-writes and re-grading. Add in three hours per week of in-class teaching and about one hour for everything else (class preparation, writing and grading
quizzes and exams, and answering emails), and the total reaches eight hours per
If I added a modest writing requirement to my large
class, the workload would increase proportionately. I
would have to grade about 575,000 words.
week for this one small class. If I added this modest writing requirement to my
large class, the workload would increase proportionately. I would have to grade
about 575,000 words, or more than 2,300 pages during the semester.
To be clear, I do not consider the writing requirement unreasonable for small
classes and the 43 students I have in the smaller class seems to be the limit for a
single class. I also believe that it is critical that we develop the writing abilities of
our students. Many faculty members find it impossible to teach meaningful classes
without including writing assignments, and feel that not doing so would undermine the discipline and their sense of professionalism. Still, I also have colleagues
who are assigned 80 student classes with the same 2,500-words-per-student writing requirements and are only given credit for teaching one class. This increases
their workload by about 50 percent. Thus, I am grateful to be assigned a large class
where teaching writing is considered impossible, or at least too onerous. This gives
me license to take advantage of economies of scale and some time to devote to my
research and service responsibilities. In sum, large classes are not a problem per
se from the perspective of many instructors. Workload depends as much on how
much attention is required for each student as well as the numbers in each class.
THE BENEFITS OF CLASS SIZES FOR STUDENTS:
WHAT THE EVIDENCE TELLS US
Students, on the other hand, get few advantages from large classes. They may
gain opportunities to learn from the few truly brilliant professors, and the presence
of other students listening silently to a lecture doesn’t detract from their learning
in the same room. Of course, distractions caused by cellphones or from students
multitasking on laptops increase with the size of the class. Over the past few years,
more students seem to feel free to come to class late and leave early, and students
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
153
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
distract themselves by texting or surfing (on the Internet) during class; all these
things are easier to get away with in large classes. And, while a professor can police
students’ distracting behavior, controlling disturbances is itself a distraction that
increases with size. Other “benefits” to students are dubious from an educational
standpoint: not having to speak up or write papers; the increased likelihood of
having close friends in class; and the opportunity to remain anonymous and free
ride on the efforts of others.
Students benefit more from smaller classes. Large classes have less class time
per student—more students means more questions and answering more questions
The most important research question of all asks if
lower grades or less learning is associated with larger
classes — and often, the answer has been yes.
takes time away from presentations. Students may also be reluctant to ask questions in big settings and less time is available per student for discussions. Because
the professor’s voice is the only one amplified in a large class, students may not
able to hear the questions asked by other students and often do not fully understand the answer given in class. Instructors also have less time per student during
office hours.
These observations are reinforced by copious amounts of empirical evidence
that suggests that large classes are characterized by:
• increased reliance on lectures as a method of instruction;5
• less instructor-student interaction;6
• less student involvement in classes;7
• less feedback from faculty;8
•reduced breadth and depth in course assignments,9 assessments,10 and
writing assignments;11
• reduced student satisfaction with larger classes12
• lower attendance;13
• less civility;14
• more cheating;15
• declining student evaluations of professors;16
• significant negative correlations between class size and grades;17
• higher drop-out rates; and18
• decreased student learning.19
The most important research question asks if lower grades or less learning
is associated with larger classes—and, in many studies, the answer has been yes.
From 1989, when Hopkins and Hahn found that students enrolled in smaller sec-
154
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
E CO N O M I E S O F S CA L E A N D L A R GE C L A S S E S
tions had higher GPAs, to 2001, when Keil and Partell found that the probability
of a freshman receiving an A in a small class at Binghamton University was 2.4
times higher than their peer enrolled in a much larger lecture class, the evidence is
clear.20 In 2012, my colleague at CSUN, Bettina Huber, found that GPAs decrease
as class sizes increase.21 In particular, sections with more than 50 students “appear
to be particularly deleterious for students enrolled in lower-division classes.”
This point about lower-division classes is particularly important, as we know
that more than half of all students who withdraw from college do so in their first
year,22 when they are most likely to be enrolled in classes of 100 or more stu-
In particular, sessions with more than 50 students
“appear to be particularly deleterious for students in
lower-division classes.”
dents.23 At CSUN, the numbers confirm that first- and second-year students are
being herded into large classes. In the College of Social and Behavioral Science,
the increases in lower division classes have been dramatic—from an already high
50.4 students per class, on average, in 2008, to 69.9 students in 2012. Meanwhile,
over the same period, CSUN’s College of Business and Economics increased their
lower division classes from 44.9 to 56 students.24 Campuswide, average studentto-faculty ratios in lower division classes are almost twice as large as those for
upper division classes, and about 4.5 times bigger than graduate courses.25 This is
particularly unfortunate because an increasing number of students entering CSUN
lack sufficient skills in reading, writing, and mathematics, and need individualized
attention to diagnose and overcome these deficits.26
But perhaps the most convincing evidence around the power of small class sizes
comes from a large five-year study in a leading university in the United Kingdom
following several years of budget cuts and corresponding increases in class sizes.27
Academic achievement was measured by observing student performance on yearend exams. The sample covered 10,873 students enrolled full-time between 1999
and 2004 in 626 different courses in 23 academic departments offering 125 degree
programs. The large sample allowed researchers to compare the same student’s
performance across large and small classes for a total of 40,851 observations. They
were also able to control for a wide range of student and faculty effects. Class size
did not vary with measures of student wealth or other demographic characteristics.
They observed the same faculty member teaching different class sizes and found
no evidence that departments assigned faculty of differing quality to different class
sizes. In the end they found that, all else being equal, effect of class size on student
performance was negative; students do worse in bigger classes.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
155
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
CONCLUSION: MORE EDUCATIONAL BOTTLING?
After decades of effort around college access, the U.S. does see more students
going to college, but now the attention of policymakers is shifting to other metrics of progress, like retention and graduation rates. The research reviewed above
shows that these are adversely affected by larger class sizes. More troubling is a
recent study that concluded that most college graduates are learning little during
their years in college. This study assessed the education, using a standard measure
of learning, over a four-year period for several thousand students in more than
two dozen institutions.28 The researchers found that after two years in college
almost 50 percent of students could not demonstrate any gain in critical thinking, complex reasoning and writing, and more than one third could not show any
improvement after four years. They also found that many college courses lacked
rigor: specifically, during a given semester, one third of students did not have a
course requiring them to read more than 40 pages per week and half had no course
that required more than 20 pages of writing. Time spent studying has dropped by
50 percent since 1960.
I find this study distressing, but I must admit its findings don’t surprise me.
My workload, as measured by the number of students I teach, has increased incrementally for 22 years. The fall semester of 2012, when I was assigned 267 students
in three classes, was the high point (or low point, depending on one’s perspective).
Every increase in the number of students in my classes requires that I must cut
back the number, length, and rigor of assignments—otherwise, I couldn’t possibly
keep up with the grading. My supervisors understand this and allow me to make
such adjustments based on the size of my classes. When our department expressed
concern over the rising class sizes coexisting with intensive writing requirements,
our associate dean told us that we were spending too much time correcting our
students’ writing. No wonder students show little improvement in higher-level
skills such as critical thinking, complex reasoning, and writing.
For students, larger classes seem to offer little. But if administrators are
rewarded for employing economies of scale, we are likely to see more of the same.
Indeed, instituting massive online courses becomes even more tempting because
they do not require sizable capital expenditures and class sizes can be almost limitless. Of course, access to the institution has little meaning if the quality of education is poor.
ENDNOTES
1. B. Huber, “CSUN by the Numbers.”
2.
California Faculty Association, “Summary of Changes in CSU Student to Faculty Ratios: 2007
to 2011.”
3. Large lecture hall capacity is assumed at full capacity, eight times per day for Monday through
Thursday schedules, four times per day Fridays and Saturdays.
4. Calculation based on part-time faculty cost of $5,000 per three-unit class (2012 dollars).
Classroom use is assumed at eight times per day for Monday through Thursday schedules, four
156
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
E CO N O M I E S O F S CA L E A N D L A R GE C L A S S E S
times per day Fridays and Saturdays.
5. W. McKeachie, “Class Size, Large Classes, and Multiple Sections,” pp. 24-27.
6. J. L. Ratcliff, “What They Took and What They Learned: Learning From Assessment and
Transcript Analysis”; and G. Kuh, J. Schuh and Whitt & Associates, Involving.
7. E. Stones, “Students’ Attitudes Toward the Size of Teaching Groups”; D. Karp and W. Yoels,
“The College Classroom: Some Observations on the Meanings of Student Participation”; D.
H. Wulff, J. D. Nyquist, and R. D. Abbott, “Students’ Perceptions of Large Classes”; and P.
A. Fassinger, “Professors’ and Students’ Perception of Why Students Participate in Class.”
8. E. Carbone and J. Greenberg, “Teaching Large Classes: Unpacking the Problem and
Responding Creatively,” pp. 311-96.
9. D. P. Hoyt and S. Perera “Teaching Approach, Instructional Objectives, and Learning.”
10. J. L. Ratcliff, “What They Took and What They Learned.”
11. K. Scouller, “The Influence of Assessment Method on Students’ Learning Approaches:
Multiple Choice Question Examination Versus Assignment Essay,” pp. 453-72.
12. W. McKeachie, “Class Size, Large Classes, and Multiple Sections”; and E. Carbone and J.
Greenberg, “Teaching Large Classes.”
13. J. L. Cooper and P. Robinson, “The Argument for Making Large Classes Seem Small,” pp.
5-16.
14. E. Carbone, “Students Behaving Badly in Large Classes,” pp. 35-43.
15. M. D. Sorcinelli, “Dealing With Troublesome Behaviors in the Classroom,” in Handbook
of College Teaching: Theory and Application; M. D. Sorcinelli, “Promoting Civility in Large
Classes”; and M. J. Weimer, Teaching Large Classes Well: New Directions for Teaching and
Learning, no. 32.
16. Schnell in B. O. Barefoot, Exploring the Evidence: Reporting Outcomes of Freshman Seminars,
Monograph no. 11.
17. J. L. Franklin and M. Theall, “Grade Inflation and Student Ratings: A Closer Look.”
18. H. Ashar and R. Skenes, “Can Tinto’s Student Departure Model Be Applied to Nontraditional
Students?” pp. 90-100.
19. W. E. Becker and J. R. Powers, “Student Performance, Attrition, and Class Size Given Missing
Student Data”; and O. Bandiera, V. Larcinese, and I. Rasul, “Heterogeneous Class Size Effects:
New Evidence from a Panel of University Students.”
20. Hopkins and Hahn, cited in P. P. Fidler and M. S. Hunter, “How Seminars Enhance Student
Success,” in The Freshman Year Experience; J. Keil, and P. J. Partell, “The Effect of Class
Size on Student Performance and Retention at Binghampton University.” See also R. J. Light,
Making The Most of College: Students Speak Their Minds.
21. B. Huber, “Do the Average Grades Awarded in the Undergraduate Class Sections Offered at
Cal State Northridge Vary by Section Size?” p. 2.
22. Consortium for Student Retention Data Exchange “Executive Summary” in 1998-1999
CSRDE Report: The Retention and Graduation Rates in 269 Colleges and Universities; and C. A.
Twigg, “Improving Quality and Reducing Cost: Designs for Effective Learning,” pp. 23-29.
23. M. J. Dooris, “Working with your IR officer,” cited in J. Cuseo, pp. 5-21.
24. B.Huber, “CSUN by the Numbers.”
25.Ibid.
26. B. Huber, “FTF-Proficiency-CSUN-1998-to-2009.”
27. O. Bandiera, V. Larcinese, and I. Rasul, “Heterogeneous Class Size Effects: New Evidence
from a Panel of University Students,” pp. 1365-98.
28. R. Arum and J. Roksa, Academically Adrift: Limited Learning on College Campuses.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
157
SPECI AL FOCUS : THE BUS INESS O F E D U C AT IO N
WORKS CITED
Arum, R. and J. Roksa. 2011. Academically Adrift: Limited Learning on College Campuses. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Ashar, H. and R. Skenes, 1993. “Can Tinto’s Student Departure Model Be Applied To
Nontraditional Students?” Adult Education Quarterly 43, no 2.
Bandiera, O., V. Larcinese, and I. Rasul. 2010. “Heterogeneous Class Size Effects: New Evidence
from a Panel of University Students.” The Economic Journal 120, (December).
Barefoot, B. O. 1993. Exploring the Evidence: Reporting Outcomes of Freshman Seminars. (Monograph
no. 11) Columbia, SC: National Resource Center for the Freshman Year Experience,
University of South Carolina.
Becker, W. E. and J. R. Powers. 2001. “Student Performance, Attrition, and Class Size Given
Missing Student Data.” Economics of Education Review 20.
Bellante, D. M. 1972. “A Summary Report on Student Performance in Mass Lecture Classes of
Economics.” Journal of Economic Education 4, no. 1.
California Faculty Association. 2012. “Summary of Changes in CSU Student to Faculty Ratios:
2007 to 2011.” CFA Report. Accessed at: www.calfac.org/faculty.
Carbone, E. 1999. “Students Behaving Badly in Large Classes.” In Promoting Civility: A Teaching
Challenge: New Directions for Teaching and Learning, no. 77. S. Richardson (ed.). San Francisco:
Jossey-Bass.
Carbone, E. and J. Greenberg. 1998. “Teaching Large Classes: Unpacking the Problem and
Responding Creatively.” In To Improve the Academy Vol. 17. M. Kaplan (ed.). Stillwater, OK:
New Forums Press and The Professional and Organizational Development Network in Higher
Education.
Consortium for Student Retention Data Exchange. 1999. “Executive Summary.” In 1998-1999
CSRDE Report: The Retention and Graduation Rates in 269 Colleges and Universities. Norman,
OK: Center for Institutional Data Exchange and Analysis, University of Oklahoma.
Cooper, J. L. and P. Robinson. 2000. “The Argument for Making Large Classes Seem Small.” In
New Directions for Teaching and Learning, no. 81. J. MacGregor, J. L. Cooper, K. A. Smith,
and P. Robinson (eds.). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Cuseo, J. 2007. “The Empirical Case against Large Class Size: Adverse Effects on the Teaching,
Learning, and Retention of First-Year Students.” Journal of Faculty Development 21, no. 1.
Fassinger, P. A. 1996. “Professors’ and Students’ Perception of Why Students Participate in Class.”
Teaching Sociology 24, no.1.
Fidler, P. and M. S. Hunter. 1989. “How Seminars Enhance Student Success.” In The Freshman
Year Experience, M. L. Upcraft, J. N. Gardner and Associates (eds.). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Franklin, J. L. and M. Theall. 1991. “Grade Inflation and Student Ratings: A Closer Look.” Paper
presented at the 72nd Annual Meeting of the American Educational Research Association,
Chicago.
Huber, B. 2012. “Do the Average Grades Awarded in the Undergraduate Class Sections Offered at
Cal State Northridge Vary by Section Size?” CSUN, Office of Institutional Research. Accessed
at: www.csun.edu/senate/reports/gpasectionsize.pdf.
Huber, B. 2012. “FTF-Proficiency-CSUN-1998-to-2009.” CSUN, Office of Institutional Research.
Accessed at: www.csun.edu/afye/documents/FTF-Proficiency-CSUN-1998-to-2009.xls.
Huber, B. 2013. “CSUN by the Numbers.” CSUN, Office of Institutional Research. Accessed at:
www.csun.edu/~instrsch/csunnumbersindex.html.
Hoyt, D. P. and S. Perera. 2000. “Teaching Approach, Instructional Objectives and Learning.”
IDEA Research Report #1, IDEA Center, Manhattan, KS. Accessed at: http://ideaedu.org/
sites/default/files/research1.pdf.
158
T HE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JO U R N AL
E CO N O M I E S O F S CA L E A N D L A R GE C L A S S E S
Karp, D. A. and W. C. Yoels. 1976.“The College Classroom: Some Observations on the Meanings
of Student Participation.” Sociology and Social Research 60.
Keil, J. and P. J. Partell. 2002. “The Effect of Class Size on Student Performance and Retention
at Binghamton University.” Office of Budget and Institutional Research, Binghamton
University. Accessed at: www.classsizematters.org/wp-content/uploads/2012/11/Class_size_
jkpp1997.pdf.
Kuh, G., J. Schuh, E. Whitt, and Associates. 1991. Involving Colleges: Successful Approaches to
Fostering Student Learning and Development Outside the Classroom. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Light, R. J. 2001. Making The Most of College: Students Speak Their Minds. Cambridge, MA: Harvard
University Press.
Lowry, R. C. and A. H. Fryar. 2013. “The Politics of Higher Education” In Politics in the American
States: A Comparative Analysis. V. Gray, R. L. Hanson, and T. Kousser (eds.). Washington,
DC: CQ Press.
MacGregor, J. L., Cooper, K. A. Smith, and P. Robinson. 2000. Strategies for Energizing Large
Classes: From Small Groups To Learning Communities: New Directions for Teaching and Learning,
no. 81. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
McKeachie, W. 1980. “Class Size, Large Classes, and Multiple Sections.” Academe 66.
Ratcliff, J. L. 1992. “What They Took and What They Learned: Learning From Assessment
and Transcript Analysis.” In Proceedings from the Asheville Institute on General Education. M.
Moseley (ed.). Washington, DC: Association of American Colleges.
Scouller, K. 1998. “The Influence of Assessment Method on Students’ Learning Approaches:
Multiple Choice Question Examination Versus Assignment Essay.” Higher Education 35.
Sorcinelli, M. D. 1994. “Dealing with Troublesome Behaviors in the Classroom.” In Handbook of
College Teaching: Theory and Application. K. W. Prichard and R. Sawyer (eds.). Westport, CT:
Greenwood Press.
Sorcinelli, M. D. 2002. “Promoting Civility in Large Classes.” In Engaging Large Classes: Strategies
and Techniques for College Faculty. C. A. Stanley, and M. E. Porter (eds.). Bolton, MA: Anker
Publishing.
Stanley, C. A. and M. E. Porter. 2002. Engaging Large Classes: Strategies and Techniques for College
Faculty. Bolton, MA: Anker Publishing.
Stones, E. 1970. “Students’ Attitudes Toward the Size of Teaching Groups.” Educational Review
21, no. 2.
Twigg, C. A. 2003. “Improving Quality and Reducing Cost: Designs for Effective Learning.”
Change 35, no. 4.
Weimer, M. J. 1987. Teaching Large Classes Well: New Directions for Teaching and Learning, no. 32.
San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
Wulff, D. H., Nyquist, J. D., and Abbott, R. D. 1987. “Students’ Perceptions of Large Classes.” In,
Teaching Large Classes Well: New Directions for Teaching and Learning, no. 32, M. J. Weimer
(ed.). San Francisco: Jossey-Bass.
FALL 2014
TH O UG H T & A C TI O N
159
FALL 2014
1201 16TH STREET, N.W.
THE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JOURNAL
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20036
Survivors on Campus: A Dialogue About Sexual Assault
VOLUME 30 FALL 2014
LAURA GRAY-ROSENDALE AND KIRSTEN DIERKING | P7
Brownbackistan
GREGG PRIMO VENTELLO | P75
SPECIAL FOCUS
The Business of Education
The Civil Classroom in the Ag
P.M. Forni | p15
How California State Univers
United to Win lance newman
Special Focus
The Seamless Web of Educat
THE NEA HIGHER EDUCATION JOURNAL